SEAMCAT Handbook January 2010

SEAMCAT
Handbook
January2010

TheECO(EuropeanCommunicationsOffice)maintainsanonlinemanualathttp://seamcat.iprojects.dk/wiki/Manual.
Usersareencouragedtoconsultittogetthelatestinformation/description/explanationonthesoftware.
Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver.3.1.46)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvised
touseitsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetup
theirsimulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.
ThegraphicsarebasedonSEAMCATversion3.1.46unlessotherwisementioned.
Please visit the SEAMCAT section on the ECO website (http://www.ero.dk/seamcat) to obtain the latest user
informationupdates,newsandforaccesstofreelydownloadablesoftwareandreferencesources.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
ECO would like to thank many participating companies and organisations to the SEAMCAT MoU, who made the
creation of SEAMCAT tool possible. Special thanks go to the active members of CEPT Working Group Spectrum
Engineering(WGSE),SEAMCATManagementCommittee(SMC)(19972002),andSEAMCATTechnicalGroup(STG)
(since2003),whosemanycontributionsformedthemainbasisoftheworkintheSEAMCATprojectingeneralandthe
contentofthisdocumentinparticular.
FORFURTHERENQUIRIES
AnyenquiriestothematerialinthisdocumentaswelltothefunctioningoftheSEAMCATsoftwaremaybeaddressed
toECOat:
ECO/ProjectSEAMCAT
Peblingehus,Nansensgade19
DK1366Copenhagen,Denmark
Tel:+4533896300
Fax:+4533896330
Email:seamcat@ero.dk
CONTENTS
EXECUTIVESUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................. 7
QUICKSTARTINSEAMCAT..................................................................................................................................... 10
1
INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................................. 19
1.1
1.2
1.3
BASICSOFTHEMONTECARLOMETHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................... 19
SEAMCATARCHITECTURE ..................................................................................................................................... 23
APPLICABILITYOFTHESEAMCATTOOLTOSPECTRUMENGINEERINGPROBLEMS .............................................................. 25
INSTALLINGSEAMCAT .................................................................................................................................... 26
2.1
2.2
FREESOFTWAREDOWNLOAD ................................................................................................................................... 26
JAVASOURCECODE ................................................................................................................................................ 26
CREATING,OPENING,SAVINGAWORKSPACE................................................................................................. 27
STEP1:HOWISTHEDRSSCALCULATED?........................................................................................................ 29
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
PARAMETERSOFTHEVICTIMLINK ............................................................................................................................. 30
PARAMETERSOFTHEGENERALTAB........................................................................................................................... 31
PARAMETERSOFTHEVICTIMRECEIVER ...................................................................................................................... 32
PARAMETERSOFTHEWANTEDTRANSMITTER ............................................................................................................. 33
POSITIONOFTHEWTVSVR ..................................................................................................................................... 33
CALCULATIONOFTHEDRSS..................................................................................................................................... 34
TESTINGPROPAGATIONMODELS ............................................................................................................................... 35
LAUNCHSIMULATION ............................................................................................................................................. 36
EXTRACTDRSSVECTORS ......................................................................................................................................... 37
STEP2:MYFIRSTINTERFERENCEPROBABILITYCALCULATION......................................................................... 39
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGLINKS.................................................................................................................... 39
PARAMETERSOFTHEGENERALTAB........................................................................................................................... 40
PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGTRANSMITTER ........................................................................................................ 41
POSITIONINGOFTHEVRVSIT .................................................................................................................................. 42
CALCULATIONOFTHEIRSS ...................................................................................................................................... 44
RELATIONSHIPBETWEENTHEEMISSIONBANDWIDTH,THEREFERENCEBANDWIDTHANDTHEVICTIMRECEIVERBANDWIDTH ....... 45
STEP3:PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE ......................................................................................................... 47
STEP4:WHEREDOESTHEINTERFERENCECOMEFROM? ............................................................................... 50
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
STEP5:AREALCASE .................................................................................................................................. 56
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
PARAMETERSOFTHEINTERFERINGLINKS.................................................................................................................... 50
CALCULATIONOFTHEIRSS ...................................................................................................................................... 51
PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE ................................................................................................................................. 53
IMPACTOFFREQUENCYDISTRIBUTIONONINTERFERENCEPROBABILITY ............................................................................. 55
CALCULATIONOFTHECOVERAGERADIUSAROUNDTHEWT ............................................................................................ 57
DISTANCEBETWEENTHEINTERFERINGTRANSMITTERANDTHEVICTIMRECEIVER ............................................................... 59
UNIFORMDISTRIBUTIONOFITVSVR ......................................................................................................................... 60
PROTECTIONDISTANCE ........................................................................................................................................... 64
POWERCONTROL .................................................................................................................................................. 66
ANTENNAGAIN ..................................................................................................................................................... 69
STEP6:GOINGFURTHER ............................................................................................................................. 71
9.1
9.2
9.3
BATCHOPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 71
MULTIPLEINTERFERERSGENERATION......................................................................................................................... 73
HOWTOMAKETHEMOSTOFTHESEAMCATFIGURES ................................................................................................. 77
10 CDMASIMULATION........................................................................................................................................ 79
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................... 79
PRESIMULATIONPART ........................................................................................................................................... 80
CDMASIMULATIONPARTS ..................................................................................................................................... 86
RESULTS............................................................................................................................................................... 90
11 OFDMASIMULATION ..................................................................................................................................... 92
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................... 92
METHODOLOGYANDASSUMPTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 92
SETTINGUPSIMULATIONFOROFDMAASVICTIMLINK ................................................................................................. 95
SETTINGUPSIMULATIONFOROFDMAASINTERFERINGLINK ......................................................................................... 98
OUTPUTPARAMETERS .......................................................................................................................................... 100
12 EXAMPLETETRAMSINTERFERERSTHEBSOFTHEANALOGUEFMPMR ...................................................... 102

12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
SCENARIOOVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................ 102

CHARACTERISTICSOFTHESYSTEMS .......................................................................................................................... 103
ASSUMPTIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 104
PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE ............................................................................................................................... 106
STEPBYSTEPEXERCISE......................................................................................................................................... 107
ANNEX1:EGEINPUTPARAMETERS..................................................................................................................... 110
A.1.1 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/GENERAL ............................................................................................................................ 110
A.1.2 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/VICTIMRECEIVER ................................................................................................................. 111
A.1.3 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/WANTEDTRANSMITTER......................................................................................................... 113
A.1.4 WINDOWVICTIMLINK/WANTEDTRANSMITTERTOVICTIMRECEIVER............................................................................. 114
A.1.5 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 115
A.1.6 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/INTERFERINGTRANSMITTER............................................................................................ 116
A.1.7 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/WANTEDRECEIVER ...................................................................................................... 118
A.1.8 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/ITWRPATH................................................................................................................ 119
A.1.9 WINDOWINTERFERINGLINK/ITVRPATH ................................................................................................................. 121
A.1.10 SIMULATIONCONTROL .......................................................................................................................................... 124
ANNEX2:ICECONTROLPARAMETERS................................................................................................................. 125
A.2.1
A.2.2
A.2.3
A.2.4
ICEGRAPHICALUSERINTERFACE ............................................................................................................................ 125

INTERFERENCECALCULATIONENGINECONTROL ........................................................................................................ 126
INTERFERENCECALCULATIONENGINE ...................................................................................................................... 127
INTERFERENCECRITERIAC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/NRELATIONSHIP.............................................................................. 128
ANNEX3:DRSSCALCULATION............................................................................................................................. 130
A.3.1 BASICALGORITHMFORCALCULATIONOFDRSS.......................................................................................................... 130
A.3.2 CASEOFFIXEDPOSITIONSFORVRANDWT(CORRELATEDDISTANCE) ............................................................................. 131
A.3.3 CASEOFUSERDEFINEDDRSS................................................................................................................................. 131
ANNEX4:IRSSCALCULATION .............................................................................................................................. 132
A.4.1 UNWANTEDINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSSUNWANTED)CALCULATION ......................................................................... 132
A.4.2 BLOCKINGINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSSBLOCKING)CALCULATION .............................................................................. 132
A.4.3 INTERMODULATIONINTERFERINGFIELDSTRENGTH(IRSSINTERMODULATION)CALCULATION ........................................................ 133
ANNEX5:UNWANTEDEMISSIONSMASK ............................................................................................................ 134
A.5.1
A.5.2
A.5.3
A.5.4
A.5.5
A.5.6
UNWANTEDEMISSIONMASK ................................................................................................................................. 134

UNWANTEDEMISSIONCALCULATION ....................................................................................................................... 134
EMISSIONFLOOR ................................................................................................................................................. 136
EXAMPLESOFDBCEMISSIONMASKANDRELATIONBETWEENNORMALISEDMASKANDREF.BWMASK ................................. 137
EXAMPLESOFCALCULATIONUSINGDBC ................................................................................................................... 138
DEFININGACDMAUNWANTEDEMISSIONMASKINSEAMCAT(INTERFERINGLINK)....................................................... 139
ANNEX6:RECEIVERSELECTIVITYANDBLOCKINGATTENUATION......................................................................... 142
A.6.1 BASICCONCEPT ................................................................................................................................................... 142
A.6.2
A.6.3
A.6.4
A.6.5
A.6.6
USERDEFINEDMODE ........................................................................................................................................... 143

PROTECTIONRATIOANDSENSITIVITYMODES ............................................................................................................. 143
SEAMCATCALCULATIONOFRECEIVERATTENUATIONINTHEPROTECTIONRATIOMODE ................................................... 145
SEAMCATCALCULATIONOFRECEIVERATTENUATIONINTHESENSITIVITYMODE.............................................................. 146
DEFININGACDMABLOCKINGMASKINSEAMCAT(VICTIMLINK) ............................................................................... 147
ANNEX7:HOWTOCALCULATETHEPROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCEFORUNWANTEDANDBLOCKINGINASINGLE
RUN148
A.7.1 CANTHEPROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCEFORUNWANTEDANDBLOCKINGBEDONEINTHESAMEWORKSPACEATONCE? .......... 148
A.7.2 EXAMPLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 149
ANNEX8:DISTRIBUTIONORFUNCTIONDEFINITION ........................................................................................... 150
A.8.1 DEFININGADISTRIBUTION ..................................................................................................................................... 150
A.8.2 DEFININGAFUNCTION .......................................................................................................................................... 152
ANNEX9:ANTENNASETUP ................................................................................................................................ 153
A.9.1
A.9.2
A.9.3
A.9.4
ANTENNAHEIGHT,POINTINGAZIMUTHANDELEVATION............................................................................................... 153
PATHAZIMUTH .................................................................................................................................................... 153
DEFINITIONOFANTENNAPATTERNS......................................................................................................................... 155
ANTENNAGAIN ................................................................................................................................................... 156
ANNEX10:RADIUS ............................................................................................................................................. 157

A.10.1 COVERAGERADIUS ............................................................................................................................................... 157
A.10.2 SIMULATIONRADIUS(UNIFORMDENSITYOPTION) ..................................................................................................... 159
ANNEX11:POWERCONTROLFUNCTION(FORNONCDMAONLY)....................................................................... 161
A.11.1 POWERCONTROLINTHEINTERFERINGLINK ............................................................................................................... 161
A.11.2 POWERCONTROLINTHEVICTIMLINK....................................................................................................................... 161
ANNEX12:ACS,ACLRANDACIRAPPROACHINSEAMCAT ................................................................................... 163
A.12.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................ 163
A.12.2 ACIRINDL ........................................................................................................................................................ 164
A.12.3 ACIRINUL ........................................................................................................................................................ 164
ANNEX13:CDMA ............................................................................................................................................... 165
A.13.1 EXAMPLEONCDMAOPTIMALCAPACITY .............................................................................................................. 165
A.13.2 DETAILEDINFORMATIONONTHELASTCDMASNAPSHOT ............................................................................................ 167
ANNEX14:OFDMA ............................................................................................................................................. 181
A.14.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 181
A.14.2 DLALGORITHM ................................................................................................................................................... 181
A.14.3 ULALGORITHM ................................................................................................................................................... 182
ANNEX15:PROPAGATIONMODELS .................................................................................................................... 183
A.15.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 183
A.15.2 USERDEFINEDMODEL(PLUGINMODEL)................................................................................................................. 183
A.15.3 FREESPACEPROPAGATIONMODEL(BUILTIN) ............................................................................................................ 184
A.15.4 EXTENDEDHATAANDEXTENDEDHATA(SRD)MODELS(BUILTIN) ................................................................................ 185
A.15.5 SPHERICALDIFFRACTIONPROPAGATIONMODEL(BUILTIN) ........................................................................................... 190
A.15.6 ITURRECOMMENDATIONP.15461PROPAGATIONMODEL ...................................................................................... 194
ANNEX16:SOFTWAREGUIDANCE....................................................................................................................... 201
A.16.1 MEANINGOFCONSISTENCYCHECKANDSEAMCATERRORMESSAGE ............................................................................ 201
A.16.2 INSTALLATIONTROUBLESHOOTFAQ........................................................................................................................ 203
A.16.3 DEBUGMODEINSEAMCAT ................................................................................................................................. 205
ANNEX17:REFERENCEMATERIALANDWORKSPACES......................................................................................... 206
A.17.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 206

A.17.2 SUMMARYOFECC/CEPTREPORTS......................................................................................................................... 206
A.17.3 DETAILOFECC/CEPTREPORTS ............................................................................................................................. 206
ANNEX18:BANDWIDTHCORRECTIONFACTOR ................................................................................................... 211
ANNEX19:ANSWERSTOTHETETRAVSFMPMREXAMPLE ................................................................................. 212
ANNEX20:LISTOFREFERENCES .......................................................................................................................... 215
ANNEX21:LISTOFABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................................................... 216
ANNEX22:GLOSSARY ......................................................................................................................................... 217
INDEX .................................................................................................................................................................. 219
EXECUTIVESUMMARY
Introduction
SEAMCAT (Spectrum Engineering Advanced Monte Carlo Analysis Tool) is a statistical simulation model that uses a
method of analysis called Monte Carlo to assess the potential interference between different radiocommunication
systems.
ThishandbookisintendedasanintroductiontoSEAMCATfornewusers,toguidethemthroughfrominstallationto
carryingoutadvancedsimulations.Itisalsointendedasareferenceformoreexperiencedusersbyprovidingworking
guidanceondifferentscenariosandadvancedfunctions.
ThisHandbookisnotintendedtobeastandaloneinformationsourcebutiscomplementedbytheonlineSEAMCAT
manual (www.seamcat.org/xwiki) and the description of the Monte Carlo method given in ERC Report 68
(www.erodocdb.dk).
TheapproachtakenbySEAMCATtoassessthepotentialinterferencecanbesummarisedin4basicsteps:
1. theuserdefinesthedistributionofpossiblevaluesforthesystemandpropagationparametersofthedesired
andinterferinglinks;
2. SEAMCAT uses these distributions to generate random samples based on the Monte Carlo method called
snapshotsofthesubjectparameters;
3. ForeachsnapshotSEAMCATcalculatestheinterferinganddesiredsignallevels;
4. SEAMCAT then calculates the probability of interference by comparing the relationship of desired and
interferingsignalsatthevictimreceiverforeachsnapshot.
ThebenefitofSEAMCATbeingafreelyavailableandaCEPTagreedsoftwaretool,isthatthefollowingissuescanbe
studiedandrecreatedbyanyoftheinterestedpartiesratherthanbyproprietarysoftwarebeingused.Theonlyarea
for discussion would be the value of the input parameters and scenario being applied. Studies that could be
investigatedare:
Sharingandcompatibilitystudiesondifferentequipmentoperatinginthesameoradjacentfrequencybands;
Evaluationofdifferentsystemstransmitandreceivemasks;
Evaluationoflimitssuchasunwantedemissions,blockingandintermodulationlevels.
Methodology
The radio spectrum is a limited resource and can only be used optimally if compatibility is assured between radio
systemslocatedinthesameoradjacentfrequencybands.Forexample,animportantcriterionforradiocompatibility
is the difference between the desired (wanted) and interfering signal levels in the victim receiver input. This
parameterisusedtoderiveaseparationbetweenthevictimandinterferingsystemsorservicesingeographicalspace
or frequency domains. Considering only the adjacent bands, the most significant interference mechanisms are the
unwantedemissionsfromthetransmittersaswellasblockingandintermodulationinthevictimreceiver.Thereare
manywaysofanalysingthiscriteriononeistouseMonteCarloAnalysisSEAMCAT,anothertheoreticalmethod
thathasbeenusedextensivelyinthisfieldistheMinimumCouplingLossmethod.
The classical approach for the estimation of these interference mechanisms is the Minimum Coupling Loss (MCL)
method. However the essentially analytical MCL method is rigid and difficult to implement in many cases, where
operationofradiocommunicationssystemsmaynotbedescribedinstaticterms,e.g.therandomnatureofoperation
ofuserterminalsinmobilesystems.Whilecompromiseinsuchcasesmaybefoundbymakingcertain(worstcase)
assumptionsandsimplificationsontheoperationoftheconsideredsystems,thismayproduceanunnecessarilystiff
andstaticinterferenceassessment,whichoftenbecomesbiasedtowardsoneoftheconsideredsystemsdependingon
thepartialityofassumptions/simplificationsmade.
The Monte Carlo method is a statistical methodology for the simulation of random processes by randomly taking
values from a probability density function. The term "Monte Carlo method" was coined in the 1940s by physicists
working onnuclear weaponprojects in the Los AlamosNational Laboratory[9]. This approach was used for solving
statisticalproblems;thecodenamegiventotheworkwasMonteCarlo.
A radio communication system is made up of a series of variables. Therefore, if a user defines correctly the input
valuesofasystemthenbytakingenoughsamplesareallifesystemcanbesimulated.SEAMCAThasbeendesignedto
applytheMonteCarlomethodinordertothemtogeneratethedesired(wanted)andinterferingsignallevelsata
victimreceiver;theprobabilityofinterferencecanthenbecalculated.
Theuserdefinestheradiosystemsparametersaseitherconstantsuchasabasestationsposition,orasavariable
suchasmobilestationposition.ThenbyrunningaMonteCarloprocessthemobilepositionwillvaryrandomlywithin
its distribution curve and all the variables that will change with the mobiles location such as path loss will be
calculated for each new position. Up to 20 functions of the radio system all with a range of variables can be
modelledinSEAMCAT.Reliableresultsareobtainedbyapplyingalargenumberofsamples/events(>20,000).
The flexibility in the model and its supporting software implementation allow quick yet reliable consideration of
spatialandtemporaldistributionsofthereceivedsignalsandtheresultingstatisticalprobabilityofinterferenceina
wide variety of scenarios. It therefore enables more precise mutual positioning of those considered systems, and
hencemoreefficientuseoftheradiospectrum.
StructureoftheManual
Section1to3ofthisdocumentprovidesageneraloverviewanddescriptionofthesoftware.
Section4to11guidethebeginner,stepbystep,onhowtouseSEAMCAT,withdetailsofhowthesoftwareworksand
onthegraphicalinteraction.
Section12containsanexampleofacompletesimulationincludingscenario,setofparametersandresults.
Annex1toAnnex22providemoredetailsofthealgorithms,interfacesandsharingstudyprincipals.
(blankpage)
QuickStartinSEAMCAT
InstallationofSEAMCAT:2choicesfromwww.seamcat.org
OnlineWebstart
Offline
(Windows,Linuxetc...)
(Windowsonly)
CreatingOpening Savingaworkspace(.sws)
Version
Dateofrelease
New
Open
Save
Selectthe.swsfile
Definingsharingstudyscenario
iRSS
dRSS
Victim
Receiver
Victimlink (Vr)
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
Interfering
Wanted
link
Receiver
(Wr)
10
VictimLinkParameters
SystemsthatcanbesimulatedinSEAMCAT
LandMobileSystems,Short
RangeDevicesandEarth
basedcomponentsofsatellite
systems
PointtoPointand
PointtoMultipointfixed
systems
Terrestrialbroadcastingsystems
andEarthstationsofsatellite
systems
Victimreceivercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)
(sensitivity,BW,antenna,blockingresponse,interferencecriteria,etc...)
General
information
onthelink
Wantedtransmittercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)
(power,antenna)
Positionandpropagationmodelinformation
betweentheWtandtheVr
Choicefroma
library
Distributionofthe
dRSS
Distributionofthe
centrefrequency
VictimLinkParametersCDMAsystem
CDMAmodule
Distributionofthe
centrefrequency
DefinitionoftheCDMAvictim
receiverblockingresponse
SelectionoftheCDMA
module
11
InterferingLinkParameters
Add/edit/
duplicate
interferers
Positionandpropagationmodelinformationbetweenthe
ItandtheWroftheinterferinglink
General
information
onthelink
Interferingtransmittercharacteristics(nonCDMAsystems)(power,
BW,antenna,unwantedemissionmask,powercontrol,etc...)
Positionandpropagationmodelinformation
betweentheItandtheVr
Wantedreceiver
characteristics
(nonCDMAsystems)
(power,antenna)
Choosefrom
alibrary
Distribution
ofthecentre
frequency
InterferingLinkParametersCDMAsystem
CDMAmodule
Distribution
ofthecentre
frequency
DefinitionoftheCDMA
unwantedemissionmask
Selectionofthe
CDMAmodule
12
Startasimulation
A.Checkconsistency
B.Selectthenumberofsnapshots
C.Launchasimulation
Results:Simulationstatusinterface
Providesbasic
informationon
thesimulation
status
Meanandstd.
deviationvalueof
dRSSandiRSSfor
unwantedand
blockingeffects
Displaythevictim
andinterferinglink
elementforeach
snapshot
Interferinglink
Interferingtransmitter(It)
Wantedreceiver(Wr)
Victimlink
Progressbarto
trackthecurrent
taskstatusandthe
systemmemory
Wantedtransmitter(Wt)
Victimreceiver(Vr)
13
10 Results:dRSSandiRSSvectors
11 Results:Interferencecalculation
Translation:Probabilityofinterference
asafunctionofparameters
Compatibility:Probabilityof
interference
17.5%ofprobabilityof
interference
14
12
CDMAinterface
Providesgeneral
informationonthe
CDMAsystem
Systemcharacteristics
specificforeachlink(i.e.
UplinkorDownlink)
Positionoftheelements
inthecellularnetwork(i.e.
antenna,cellradius,
Settingupthepropagationmodel
SettingupthenumberofCDMAusersinthe
network(i.e.capacity)
13
Positionofthereferencecelltothenetwork
Onlinemanual
www.ero.dk/seamcat
www.seamcat.org/xwiki
15
ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10a
10b
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Description
Createanewworkspace
OpenanySEAMCATworkspace(.swsfile)
Saveaworkspaceas.swsfilewiththedefaultfilename
Saveaworkspaceas.swsfilewithaselectablefilename
Savealltheworkspacesatonce
Closetheselectedworkspace
Closealltheworkspacesatonce
ImportlibraryfromSEAMCAT3format
ExportlibraryfromSEAMCAT3format
AllowsusertoopenSEAMCATworkspaceswhicharenotSEAMCAT3format(i.e..sws)(legacy
version)
Openalegacylibrary
Openalegacyscenario(.txtfile)
AccesstheconfigurationofSEAMCAT(Homeselection,Serversettings)
ExitSEAMCAT(thiswillclosetheSEAMCATapplication)
Allowsthetoolbartobedisplayed
Allowsthestatusbartobedisplayed
Expandthetree
Collapsethetree
Usefulinparticularforstoringantennaprofileswithcomplexradiationpatterns
Usefultostoredetaileddescriptionsoftypicalreceivers
Usefultostoredetaileddescriptionsoftypicaltransmitterswithcomplexemissionplots
SetofpredefinedtablesandallowsusertocreatetheirowntablesofCDMAlinkleveldata
16
ID
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
32a
32b
32c
32d
33
33a
33b
33c
33d
34
Description
Allowsaccesstouserdefinedpropagationmodels
Usedforperformingadditional,userdefinedcomputationswithdataproducedineachSEAMCATsnapshot
Forupdatingallscenarioparametersofvictimlinkpairsoftransmittersandreceivers
Toupdatetheparametersofinterferinglinkinascenario,createnewinterferinglinksordeleteexistingones
Postprocessingpluginconfiguration
Todetecterroneousorinconsistentvaluesinthescenariodefinitionbeforerunningasimulation
UsedtodeterminetherunningtimeoftheEventGenerationEngineofSEAMCAT
Accesstheinterferencecalculationtabsheet
GenerateaSEAMCATsimulationreport
AutomationofrepetitivetasksbyschedulingseveralSEAMCATsimulationstobedoneinonerun
Autogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinksusingregularpatternofinterferinglinks
TestbuiltinSEAMCATfunctions
Checkthebuiltindistributionfunction
Checkthebuiltinandpluginpropagationmodel
Checktheunwantedemissionfunction
Calculator
Easetheperformingoflengthysimulationsbyusingaremoteserver,orsetupyourcomputerasaserver
Sendajobtoaremoteserver(ECOprovidesfreeremoteserverfacilities)
Checkthestatusofthejobsyouhavesent
StartyourcomputerasaSEAMCATserver
StopyourcomputerfrombeingaSEAMCATserver
Help
17
(blankpage)
18
1
1.1
INTRODUCTION
BasicsoftheMonteCarlomethodology
ThestatisticalmethodologyusedasabasisforSEAMCATisknownastheMonteCarlotechnique.Statisticalsimulation
methods may be contrasted to conventional analytical methods, which are typically applied to ordinary or partial
differential equations that describe some underlying physical or mathematical system. In many applications of the
Monte Carlo technique, the physical process is simulated directly, and there is no need to even write down the
differentialequationsthatdescribethebehaviourofthesystem.
The only requirement is that the physical or mathematical system be described by probability density functions
(pdfs). Once the pdfs of the relevant parameters are known, the Monte Carlo simulation can proceed by random
samplingofthem.Manysimulationtrialsareperformedandthedesiredresultistakenasanaverageoverthenumber
ofobservations.Inmanypracticalapplications,onecanpredictthestatisticalerrorinthisaverageresult,andhence
anestimateofthenumberofMonteCarlotrialsthatareneededtoachieveagivenerror.
1.1.1
Basicscenariocapability
The SEAMCAT tool models a victim receiver (Vr) connected to a wanted transmitter (Wt) operating amongst a
populationofinterferertransmitters(It).Theseinterferersmaybelongtothesamesystemasthevictim,adifferent
systemoramixtureofboth.Theinterferersarerandomlydistributedaroundthevictiminamannerdecidedbythe
userandarelinkedtoawantedreceiver(Wr).Itiscommonpracticetouseauniformrandomdistribution.Thedensity
ofinterferersissetinlinewiththeenvironmentbeingmodelled,i.e.anurbanenvironmenthasahigherdensitythana
ruralenvironment.Onlyaproportionoftheinterferersareactiveatanyonetime.Thisproportionisknownasthe
utilisation and may depend upon the day of the week as well as the time of day. Figure 1 illustrates how the
interferers and victim may appear for one simulation trial. Also illustrated is the transmitter providing the victims
wantedsignal.Figure2illustratestheterminologyofthevariouselementsthatSEAMCATsimulates.
Wanted
Signal
Wt
Victimlink
(dRSS)
Vr
Victim
Active
Interferer
Inactive
Interferer
Figure1:AtypicalvictimandinterfererscenarioforaMonte
Carlosimulationtrial
1.1.2
It
Interference
(iRSS)
Interferinglink
Wr
Figure2:TerminologyusedinSEAMCAT
Methodologyassociatedtothe(C/I)criterion
FourinterferencecriteriaareconsideredwithinSEAMCAT:
C/I
C/(I+N)
(N+I)/N
I/N
Figure3:InterferencecriteriafromtheInterference
CalculationEngine(ICE)controlparameterdialogue
box(see#6ofFigure142onpage125)
19
Figure4:Interferencecriteriaasprovidedbythe
user(seesectionA.1.2ofAnnex1)
ThecriterionforinterferencetooccurisfortheVrtohaveacarriertointerferenceratio(C/I)lessthantheminimum
allowable value. In order to calculate the victims C/I, it is necessary to establish the victims wanted signal
strength/desiredReceivedSignalStrength(dRSS)correspondingtotheC,aswellastheinterferingsignalstrength
(iRSS)correspondingtotheI.
Examples:
C/Imayvarytypicallybetween9dB(e.g.forQPSK)to26dBorhigher(e.g.for64QAM).Introducingnoise(I/N),then
C/I is desensitised by (N+I)/N resulting in C/(N+I). Note that the desensitisation is exactly the factor (N+I)/N (also =
1+I/N).
Consideringthat
N I
N I
I
C
C
N I
I N N and N I I I
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
AndassumingaC/Iof19dB,thefollowingexamplesmaybeconsidered:
I/N=0dB,resultsin(N+I)/N=3dBandconsidering C/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I3dB=16dB
I/N=6dB,resultsin(N+I)/N1dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I7dB=12dB
I/N=10dB,resultsin(N+I)/N0.4dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I10dB=9dB
I/N=20dB,resultsin(N+I)/N=0.040.1dBandconsideringC/I=19dB,thenC/(N+I)=C/I20dB=1dB
Notethatthemathematicalrelationsbetweenthese4criteriaandalsothealgorithmsoftheconsistencycheckare
providedinAnnex2.
Note:IncaseC/(I+N)ischosenastheprotectioncriteriontheimpactoftheinterfereris
negligiblecomparedtothethermalnoise(i.e.C/(I+N)C/N),ifI/N20dB;
ifI/N>10...20dB,thenC/(I+N)C/I(i.e.theinterfererismoredominantthanthe
thermalnoise)
The position of the victims wanted signal transmitter is identified and a link budget calculation completed. Having
knowledgeofboththeinterferingsignalstrengthandthewantedsignalstrengthallowsthevictimsC/Iratiotobe
computed.Figure5illustratesthevarioussignallevels.
WantedSignal(dBm)
(dRSS=C)
Receiver C/I(dB)
WantedSignal
margin(dB)
NoiseFloor
increasedby
interference(dB)
Sensitivity(dBm)
Interference(dB)
(iRSS=I)
MinimumPermissible
C/Nratio(dB)
NoiseFloor(dBm)
(a)
(b)
Figure5:Thesignallevelsusedtodeterminewhetherornotinterferenceisoccurring
Figure5(a)representsthesituationwhenthere
isnointerferenceandthevictimisreceivingthe
desiredsignalwithsomemargin.Inthiscasethe
victims Signal level is given by the sum of the
Sensitivityandwantedsignalmarginl.
Figure 5 (b) illustrates what happens when interference

occurs. The interference adds to the noise floor. The
difference between the wanted signal strength and the
interference signal, measured in dB, defines the Signal to
Interference ratio. This ratio must be greater than the
requiredC/Ithresholdifinterferenceistobeavoided.The
MonteCarlosimulationtoolchecksforthisconditionand
20
records whether or not interference is occurring. This is

illustratedfurtherinFigure6.
random
Desiredsignalstrength:dRSS>(C)
event
Foreachrandomeventwhere
dRSS>sensitivity:
Desiredsignalvalue(dBm)
(dRSS)
C/Itrial>C/Itarget?
Interferingsignal(dBm)
(iRSS)
sensitivity
Interference(dB)
Interferingsignalstrength:iRSS>(I)
NoiseFloor(dBm)
IfC/Itriali>C/Itarget:goodevent
IfC/Itriali<C/Itarget:interfered
Finally,aftercycleofNallevents:
OverallPinterference=1(Ngood/Nall)
Figure6:Illustrativesummaryoftheinterferencecriteriacomputation.
TheMonteCarlotechniqueworksbyconsideringmanyindependentinstantsintime(orinspace).Foreachinstant,or
simulationtrial,ascenarioisbuiltupusinganumberofdifferentrandomvariables,i.e.wheretheinterfererislocated
with respect to the victim, how strong the wanted signal strength is, which channels the victim and interferer are
usingetc.Ifasufficientnumberofsimulationtrialsareconsideredthentheprobabilityofacertaineventoccurring
canbecalculatedwithahighlevelofaccuracy.
In this way, the tool is able to quantify the probability of interference between radio systems and is able to help
determine appropriate frequency planning rules or specify limits for transmitter / receiver performance. The
interferingmodes(unwantedandblocking)aswellastheinterferencecriteriaareselectableinSEAMCATasshownin
Figure40(p.48)andFigure142(p.125).
1.1.3
Interferencemechanisms
Several interference mechanisms are included such as unwanted emissions, receiver blocking, intermodulation
products,cochannelandadjacentchannelinterferencephenomena.
Thelevelofunwantedemissions(i.e.consistingofthespuriousemissionsandoutofbandemissions[8]of
theinterferingtransmitter)fallingwithinthevictimsreceiverbandwidthisdeterminedusingtheinterferers
transmit mask as illustrated in Figure 7, the selectivity of the victim receiver, interferer / victim frequency
separation,antennagainsandpropagationloss.
Further details on the unwanted emission mask are provided in Annex 5 and details on the iRSSunwanted
calculationaregiveninsectionA.4.1ofAnnex4.Theunwantedemissionisalsosometimesquantifiedusing
thetermAdjacentChannelLeakageRatio(ACLR)(seeAnnex12).NotethattheRxbandwidthisconsideredin
theunwantedcalculation.
21
Interfering
emissionmask
Rxbandwidth
Unwanted:
fIt
fVr
Figure7:Illustrationoftheinterferenceduetotheunwantedemissions(i.e.theunwantedemissionsofItfallingin
thereceiverbandwidthofVr)
The receiver blocking power, i.e. the power captured from the transmissions of the interferer due to
selectivity imperfections of the victims receiver as shown in Figure 8, is determined using the interferers
transmit power, victim receiver blocking performance, interferer / victim frequency separation, antenna
gainsandpropagationloss.FurtherdetailsonreceiverblockingcanbefoundinAnnex6aswellasdetailson
theiRSSblockingcalculationinA.4.2ofAnnex4.Theblockingcalculationiscomputedattheinterfererfrequency
andtheItbandwidthisnotconsidered.
ReceiverMask
Rxbandwidth
Blocking:
Rejection
ofthereceiver
fIt
fVr
Figure8:Illustrationoftheblockingofthevictimreceiver(i.e.totalemissionpowerofItreducedbytheblocking
attenuation(selectivity)functionoftheVr.
Thecombinationoftheunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblockingcanalsobestudiedsimultaneouslyin
SEAMCATasdepictedinFigure9.SeeAnnex7forfurtherdetails.
InterfererTransmitter
emissionmask
VictimReceiver
Mask
receiverbandwidth
fIt
fVr
Unwanted
Emissions
Blocking
Figure9:IllustrationofthecombinedunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblockingmechanisminSEAMCAT
Theintermodulationinterference,i.e.thepowerofintermodulationproducts,reducedbythe
intermodulationattenuationfunctionoftheVr.SeeAnnex4forfurtherdetails.
22
1.2
SEAMCATArchitecture
The architecture of SEAMCAT software is composed of the Event Generation Engine(EGE), Interference Calculation
Engine (ICE), CDMA Engine (CDMAE), any potential future calculation engine as well as an extended user interface
outputs.ThedatastorageisXMLbasedfiles.
ThearchitectureofSEAMCAT3isshownbelowinFigure10.
Figure10:ArchitectureofSEAMCAT
ThethreemaincomputationalenginesofSEAMCAT3aredescribedbelow:
EGE:EventGenerationEngine
ICE:InterferenceCalculationEngine
CDMAE:CDMAsimulationEngine
FornonCDMAsimulation,theinterferenceprobabilitycalculationisachievedbyacommonworkoftwocalculation
engines(i.e.theEGEandtheICE).
The Event Generation Engine may be seen as the main clock of the MonteCarlo snapshots taking place inside
SEAMCAT.AssuchitprovidesthemainstageforsimulationofnonCDMAsystems,butitalsoprovidesthegeneral
simulation management even if CDMA systems are defined in the simulation scenario, by invoking the CDMA
functions and power control module at relevant instances. It uses the relevant radio parameters from a defined
interferencescenarioandgeneratesanumberofrandomvaluedsignalsamplesbyusingmathematicalmethods.The
generatedsamplesareprocessedtocalculatethedesiredReceivedSignalStrength(dRSS)whichisthestrengthofthe
signalreceivedattheVictimReceiver(Vr)fromtheWantedTransmitter(Wt),andallinterferingsignalstrengthsiRSSi
(ithinterferingReceivedSignalStrength)whichisthestrengthofasignalfromtheInterferingTransmitter(It)received
attheVr(seeFigure7andFigure8)..ThisprocessisrepeatedNtimes,whereNisthenumberofevents(alsodenoted
assnapshots).ThegeneratedsignalstrengthsarestoredinseparatedataarraysoflengthN.
ForeachofthemajorinterferingmechanismsimplementedinSEAMCAT(interferenceduetounwantedemissions
(Figure7),blockingofthevictimreceiver(Figure8)andinterferenceduetointermodulationproductsgenerated
betweentwointerferers)separatedataarraysaregenerated.
The Interference Calculation Engine processes the information gathered by the EGE to calculate the probability of
interference.ItistheultimatepartoftheSEAMCATarchitecturewhenappliedtononCDMAvictimsystems.InICE,
thesamplesofwanted(dRSS)andunwanted(iRSS)signalsgeneratedbytheEGEarecomparedagainsttherelevant
signaltonoise criteria (specified in the scenario, such as C/N, C/N+I etc) to calculate the actual probability of
interferencewiththeconditionthatthedesiredreceivedsignalstrengthsisgreaterthanthesensitivityofthevictim
receiver(dRSS>sens).Thisprobabilitycanbecalculatedfordifferentinterferencemechanisms:
23
Twomodesofoperations,asillustratedinFigure142ofAnnex2(p.125),areimplementedfortheICEmodule:
1.
Compatibility: This mode provides a singlefigure estimate of the probability of interference in a

giveninterferencescenario;
2.
Translation: This mode calculates probability of interference as a function of changing one of the
following parameters: (i) Transmitter power of the interfering transmitter, (ii) blocking response
level of the victim receiver, (iii) intermodulation rejection level for the victim receiver. See Figure
142foranexample
FormoredetailsontheICEcontrolparameterpleaseconsultAnnex2.
TheCDMAsimulationEngineallowsthesimulationofCDMAnetworks.WhereastraditionalsimulationofnonCDMA
systems is carried out in SEAMCAT by taking two pairs of transmittersreceivers and estimating signals received
betweenthemseparately(i.e.withoutanyformoffeedbackinfluence),thesimulationofCDMAsystemsrequiresa
much more complex process of power controlling in a fully loaded system, including impact from two tiers of
neighbouringcellsand,forvictimCDMAsystems,theattemptbythesystemtolevelouttheinterferenceimpact.
The User Interface (UI) enables the access to and efficient use of all the functionalities of SEAMCAT. This module
communicateswith:
thetechnicaldatamanagementmoduletogetdatafromthetechnicaldatabaseortoupdatethedatabase
usingtheinformationenteredbytheuser,
thecalculationmoduletolaunchaninterferencecalculation,
theresultsmanagementmoduletovisualiseresults,tosavethemortodeletethem,
theinitiationofanautomatic(batch)simulation.
TheSEAMCATuserwillgetfamiliarallalongthismanualwiththeSEAMCATuserinterfacedialogboxthroughstepby
stepexamples.
24
ApplicabilityoftheSEAMCATtooltoSpectrumEngineeringProblems
1.3
SEAMCAT can assist spectrum managers in providing solutions to a number of problems commonly encountered in
thefieldofspectrumengineering.Theseincludetheabilityto:
identifycandidatefrequencybandsforradiosystems;
determinetheappropriatesizeoffrequencyseparations(orguardbands);
derivetransmitteremissionmasksneededtoprotectadjacentservices;
specifyreceiversusceptibilitytopreservesystemperformanceinagivenradioenvironment;
identifybandsharingissuesbetweendifferentservicesandtechnologies;
helpprovidebandrefarmingstrategies.
AnumberofvariousradiocommunicationssystemscanbemodelledusingSEAMCAT,suchas:
LandMobileSystems,ShortRangeDevicesandEarthbasedcomponentsofsatellitesystems;
PointtoPointandPointtoMultipointfixedsystems;
terrestrialBroadcastingsystemsandEarthstationsofsatellitesystems.
TheMonteCarlotechniquecanaddressanyoftheradiointerferencescenariosregardlessoftheinterferingandvictim
systems,forexampleapopulationofcellularmobiletelephonesinterferingwithaWirelessLocalLoopbasereceiver.
Thereisnorestrictionuponthevictimorinterferingsystems.Theonlyrequirementisthatthereisknowledgeofthe
parameters which can be used to model them. This includes the receiver and transmitter specifications, the
propagationmodelassociatedwiththemediumofcommunicationandameasureofthequalityofservicerequired.
Note: SEAMCAT assumes a flat Earth model for calculating path geometries and propagation losses. This limits the
range of considered standard interference scenarios to terrestrial configurations and nonpathspecific propagation
models.
Note:Thetechnicalspecificationsofthereceiverandtransmitterarecommonlyextractedfromthe
ETSIstandard(seehttp://www.etsi.org/WebSite/Standards/Standard.aspx).
25
2
2.1
INSTALLINGSEAMCAT
Freesoftwaredownload
SEAMCATisdevelopedusingJavawhichmeansitcanrunonanyoperatingsystemsupportedbyJava.SEAMCAT
installationisstartedbyclickingontheinstalllinkfromwww.seamcat.org.TheECOprovides2optionsforinstallation
ofSEAMCAT:
PlatformindependentinstallationusingJavaWebstarttechnology
This Java Webstart option initiates the Live Web install procedure without the need for separately distributed
installationfiles,whereasacopyoftheapplicationisautomaticallyinstalledontoyourPCdirectlyfromtheInternet.
OnceSEAMCATisinstalledovertheInternetusingtheJavaWebstart,itmaybelaunchedlaterandrunautonomously
onyourPC.However,ateachlaunch,SEAMCATwillcheckwhetherInternetconnectionisavailableand,ifyes,itwill
automatically connect to www.seamcat.org to check whether a newer version is available. This Live Web Update
feature ensures that whenever working on Internetconnected computer, you will always run the latest possible
versionofSEAMCAT.
OfflineinstallationforMicrosoftWindows
With the offline installation option, SEAMCAT will NOTbe automatically updatedevery time it is connectedto the
internet,butthisoptionisrecommendedifyouexperienceproblemswithWebstartonMicrosoftWindows.
SeeA.16.2forInstallationtroubleshootFrequentlyAskedQuestions.
2.2
JavaSourcecode
ThesourcecodeforSEAMCAT3ismadeavailableforscrutiny.Theonlyconditionforobtainingacopyofthesource
codeistosignaspecialSourceCodeUserLicenceAgreementanddeliverittoECOeitherbyfax,email
(seamcat@ero.dk)ormailpost.
TheLicenseAgreementcanbefoundatwww.ero.dk/downloadasillustratedinFigure11.
Selectgroup:SEAMCAT
SelectYear:sourcecode
Figure11:www.ero.dk/downloadtoextracttheSourceCodeUserLicenceAgreement.
26
CREATING,OPENING,SAVINGAWORKSPACE
SEAMCAT organises all its input and output information in a so called workspace, which may be seen both as
operatingenvironmentforgivenstudyandasacontainer/file,storing:
simulation technical data, also known as simulation scenario containing all input data: equipment
parameters,placementandpropagationssettings,etc.
simulationcontrolparameters:numberofevents,debugginglogging,etc.
simulationresults:eventgenerationresultsandinterferenceprobabilitycalculationresults.
Beforestarting,thereisaneedtoeithercreateanewworkspace(1)oropenanexistingone(2)asshowninFigure12.
Whencreatingoropeningaworkspace,SEAMCATautomaticallypresentsthefilenameinthetreefolderasshownin
(4).Bydefault,anewworkspacewillbecalledNewWorkspace_xyz.Theusercanchangethename.Whencreatinga
newsimulationworkspace,thevictimlinkandoneinterferinglinkareautomaticallycreatedandinitialisedwithsome
default parameters. Finally, when saving (3) your workspace you will store the file with a .sws extension
(SEAMCATWorkSpace).
Figure12:Illustrationofhowtocreateoropenaworkspaceanditsassociatedfilename.
WhensavingaSEAMCATworkspace,theusersispromptedwith3choicesasshowninFigure13.
1. Allfiles:Allowtheusertoseeallfilesinthecurrentfolderandtypeanynamedesired.
2. DefaultSEAMCATWorkspace:SavethecurrentworkspaceastheSEAMCATdefaultworkspace.Thedefault
workspacefiletypehasadifferentfileendingandifplacedintherightfolderwillbeusedasthetemplatefor
allnewworkspaces.Thisworkslikethe"normal.dot"fileinMSWord.
3. SEAMCATWorkspaceFiles(Recommended):TraditionalXMLbasedworkspacefiles.
Figure13:SavingoptionsinSEAMCAT
27
Note:Existing.swsfileswhichhavebeengeneratedaspartofsomeECCreportorCEPTreports
activitiescanbefoundwww.erodocdb.dk.AnexampleisshowninFigure14fortheECCReport
122.SeeAnnex17(p.206)forfurtherexamplesfromvariousECCdeliverables.
Figure14:ECCdatabasewhere.swsfileusedinproducingECCorCEPTreportarestored(seeAnnex17onp.206).
28
STEP1:HOWISTHEDRSSCALCULATED?
YouwilllearnfromStep1howto...
DefineVictimreceiver(Vr)
Operatingfrequency
Receiverbandwidth
Antennacharacteristics
Interferencecriteria
Noisefloor
DefineWantedtransmitter(Wt)
Txpower
PositiontheWtvsVr
CalculatethedRSS
Testpropagationmodel
Launchsimulation
ExtractdRSSvectors
Forthisexercise,letsconsiderafixedlink,whichisinterferedbyanotherfixedlinkasillustratedinFigure15where
theWantedTransmitterandtheVictimReceivercomposetheVictimlink.TheInterferingTransmitterandtheWanted
ReceivercomposetheInterferingLink.
iRSS
dRSS
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
Interferinglink
Victimlink
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Figure15:ExampleofApplicationofSEAMCAT
29
4.1
ParametersoftheVictimLink
Thevictimlinkdialogwindow 1 enablestheupdatesofallscenarioparametersofthevictimlinkpairofreceiverand
transmitter:victimreceiver(Vr)andwantedtransmitter(Wt).Eachsimulationworkspacemustcontainoneandonly
onevictimlink.
To edit the victim link of the current workspace select the Victim Link command in the Workspace menu. This
activatestheVictimlinkwindowasshowninFigure16.
Figure16:AccesstotheVictimLinkparameterssetup.
ThevictimlinkdialogwindowcontainsseveralparametertabsheetasshowninFigure17.
dRSS
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Victimlink
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Figure17:IllustrationofthemappingbetweenSEAMCATdialogboxandpossiblescenarioselements.
Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver.3.1.46)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvised
touseitsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetup
theirsimulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.
30
For this tutorial, the parameter values summarised in Table 1 should be entered into the SEAMCAT simulation
scenario.
Parameters
Value
Units
OperatingFrequency
1000
MHz
Transmitterpower
30
dBm
Receiverbandwidth
200
kHz
TxandRxantennatype
Omnidirectional
TxandRxantennagain
9
dBi
TxandRxantennaheight
30
m
C/Iprotectioncriteria
19
dB
C/(N+I)protectioncriteria
16
dB
(N+I)/N
3
dB
I/N
0
dB
Noisefloor
110
dBm
Table1:Characteristicsofthevictimlinkpairofreceiverandtransmitter.
4.2
ParametersoftheGeneralTab
Thevictimoperatesat1000MHz;
Figure18:Exampleofsettinguptheoperatingfrequency.
Note:TheGeneralparameterstabsheetgathersbasicinformationrequiredfordefinitionofavictimlink,mainlythe
Linkidentification(freelychosenreferencenameanddescription)andtheVictimreceivercomboboxwhichallowsthe
usertoselectoneofthepredefinedLibraryreceivers.Thisparameterissetbydefault(whentheworkspaceiscreated)
to the reference of the first available receiver of the database. Any change of the reference of the Vr through this
comboboxautomaticallytriggerstheupdateoftheassociatedparametersofthevictimlink.
31
ParametersoftheVictimReceiver
4.3
theVictimreceiverusesareceptionbandwidthof200kHz;(#1ofFigure19)
theVictimreceiverusesaomnidirectionalantennaof9dBi;(#2)
theVictimreceiverusesa30mantennaheight;(#3)
theVictimreceiverusesaC/Iprotectioncriteriaof19dB,aC/(N+I)protectioncriteriaof16dB,a(N+I)/N
criteriaof3dBandaI/Nprotectioncriteriaof0dB(Scenario/VictimLink/VictimReceiver/Interference
criteria(dB));(#4)
NoiseFloorof110dBm.(#5)
Figure19:Exampleofthevictimreceiverparameters.
32
ParametersoftheWantedTransmitter
4.4
theWantedtransmitterusesaPowerof30dBm;(#1ofFigure20)
theWantedtransmitterusesaomnidirectionalantennaof9dBi;(#2)
theWantedtransmitterusesa30mantennaheight.(#3)
Figure20:Exampleofsettingupthewantedtransmitter.
4.5
PositionoftheWtvsVr
SEAMCAT allows the relative location between the Victim Receiver and the Wanted Transmitter to be defined as
illustratedinFigure21andbrieflydescribedbelow.FurtherdetailscanbefoundinsectionA.1.4andinAnnex10.
Uncorrelatedcasesmode
NoiselimitedNetwork
UserdefinedRadius
TrafficlimitedNetwork
WtVr
location
Correlateddistance(origin=Wt)
Correlatedcasesmode
Figure21:SummaryoftheWtVrlocationcapabilityinSEAMCAT
In this exercise, the distance between the Wanted Transmitter and the Victim Receiver is assumed to be fixed
(correlateddistance)(x=y=2km)asillustratedinFigure22,byusingthecorrelateddistanceoptionofSEAMCATas
shown in Figure 23. Note that in SEAMCAT the origin of the coverage radius (see Annex 10) is the Wanted
Transmitter.
33
DeltaX=2km
(2km,2km)
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
Victimlink
x
DeltaY=2km
dRSS
(0,0)
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Figure22:DistancebetweentheWantedTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver(VictimLink)
Figure23:IllustrationofthecorrelateddistanceinSEAMCAT.
4.6
CalculationofthedRSS
TheattenuationbetweentheVictimReceiverandtheWantedTransmitterissimulatedbyusingthefreespacemodel
(seesectionA.15.3inAnnex15)(VariationshouldbedisabledandMedianLossshouldbeactive)asshowninFigure
24.
34
Figure24:ExampleofsettingupthefreespacepropagationmodelforStep1.
Forfreespacemodelthepathlossisdefinedby:
h hrx 2 2
L32.510log tx
d 20log f
1000
wheredisgiveninkmandfisgiveninMHz
Usingtheseassumptions,itispossibletoderivethepowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiverdRSS:
dRSS=Pe+Ge+GrL
dRSS=30(dBm)+9+9(32.5+10log(8)+20log(1000))
dRSS=53.5dBm
4.7
Testingpropagationmodels
Inorderfortheusertoperformsanitycheckontheirparametervalueslikethepropagationmodel,SEAMCATallows
twomethods.
Note:Itisveryusefulandadvisableforuserstoperformsucharoutinecheckbeforelaunchingheavyjobs.
1.
OnemethodistousetheTestPropagationModelsfromSEAMCATwhichenabletheusertoflexiblycheck
thepropagationresultsasshowninFigure25.
Figure25showsthattheSEAMCATresultingattenuationfromthefreespaceis101.47dBwhichisinline
with:
L=(32.5+10log(8)+20log(1000))=101.5dB
35

Figure25:Illustrationontocheckthepropagationmodelresults.
2.
4.8
AnothermethodistodirectlyrunasimulationusingSEAMCAT
Launchsimulation
Then,theusermaylaunchthesimulation.Itshouldbenotedthatpriortobeginningthesimulation,SEAMCATchecks
theconsistencyandsuitabilityofcertaininputparameters(seeAnnex16).
ThefollowingvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof19dB,16dB,3dBand0dB
respectivelyavoidthedisplayofawarning(seeSection1.1.2).
SincethedefaultoperatingfrequencyoftheInterferingTransmitteris900MHzandtheunwantedemissionmaskis
notwithintherangeoftheVictimReceiver,SEAMCATautomaticallycomplainsanddisplaysawarningwindow.
Figure26:Consistencycheckwarningbeingpromptedbecausetheoperatingfrequencyoftheinterfererisnotset
upproperly
Therefore, at this stage of the tutorial the user should select No Cancel simulation and let me correct errors
(Figure26)andcandefinetheoperatingfrequency(1000MHz)oftheinterferinglink.Theseparametersdonotaffect
thecalculationofthedRSS.ItisonlytoensurethatSEAMCATdoesnotexperienceanyexceptionswhenrunning.
36
4.9
ExtractdRSSvectors
Theuserhas2possibilitiestoextractthedRSSresults.
Vectorresultscanbeextractedeitherfromthetreefolder(#1)ortheusercandirectlygetthemeanandthestandard
deviation(StdDev)fromthesimulationstatustabsheet(Figure28),alsodisplayedas(#2)inFigure27.
Note:Thecurrenttreefolder(ver3.1.45)willberemovedinfutureversionsofSEAMCAT,andusersarenotadvisedto
useitsincescenarioandcontrolareobsoletetosetupthesimulation.Insteadusersareencouragedtosetuptheir
simulationusingtheworkspacemenubar.UserscanstillusethetreefolderResultstoextractvectorresults.
Figure27:Illustrationonhowtogetthevectorresults(i.e.dRSS,etc)andMean/StdDev
Figure28displaystheSEAMCAToutputdialogboxcalledsimulationstatuswhichappearswhenasimulationisover.
Onthetoprightcorner,someresultslikethedRSSaredisplayed(#7).ThedRSSvalueisinlinewiththehand
calculationofsection4.6.Thetopleftcornercontainsthescenariocredentialswhicharegeneralscenarioand
simulationinformationasdescribedinTable2.Thescenariooutline(#8)presentsthepositionofthepairof
transmitterandreceiverforsomesnapshots.
ID
Parametername
Description
1
Workspace
Thenameoftheworkspace
2
VictimSystemReference
ThenameoftheVictimLink
3
Totalelapsed
Numberofsnapshotssimulatedsofar
4
Totalshown
NumberofSEAMCATelementsshowninoutlineforperformancereasons
thisislimitedtoamaximumof1000.
5
Elapsedtime
Thetimethecurrentsimulationhasbeenrunning.
6
EstimatedRemainingTime
Calculatedbasedontheelapsedtimepersnapshotsofarandthenumberof
remainingsnapshots.
Table2:Scenariocredentialsinformation
ThebottomofFigure28showstwoprogressbars.Thetopprogressbar(#9)tracksthecurrenttask,i.e.thegeneration
ofsnapshots.Thebottomprogressbar(#10)trackstheamountofsystemmemoryavailabletoandusedbySEAMCAT.
IfsimulatingscenarioswithmanyinterferinglinksSEAMCATmightneedmorememorybutthisisveryrarely
necessary.
37
Figure28:OutputdisplayofSEAMCAT
WhenasimulationislaunchedSEAMCATautomaticallygeneratesalogfile(seamcat.log).
MoredetailscanbefoundinA.16.3.
38
STEP2:MYFIRSTINTERFERENCEPROBABILITYCALCULATION
DefineInterferingtransmitter(It)
Txpower
Settheemissionbandwidth
PositiontheVrvsIt(i.e.VictimlinkvsInterferinglink)
CalculatetheiRSS
Calculatetheprobabilityof
interference
Note: To obtain results for Step 1 in section 4, it was necessary to define the frequency of the interfering link. To
conductacompletesimulation,itisrequiredtodefineanadditionalsetofparameters.Thisexerciseisafollowupof
Step1.
5.1
ParametersoftheInterferingLinks
The interfering link dialogue window is used to update the parameters of interfering link in a scenario, create new
interfering links or delete existing ones. To edit the interfering link of the current workspace select the Interfering
LinkscommandintheWorkspacemenu.ThisactivatestheInterferinglinkslistwindowasshowninFigure29.
Agivensimulationworkspacemustcontainatleastoneinterferinglink.EachInterferinglinkwillbedefinedbytwo
elements:anInterferingtransmitter(It)andWantedReceiver(Wr).Anewlycreatedinterferinglinkisautomatically
initialisedwiththedefaultparametersofthefirsttransmitterandreceiveravailableintheSEAMCATlibrary.SEAMCAT
enablesyoutocreateasmanyinterferinglinkasyouwanteitherbyduplicatingthemorcreatenewones.
For this tutorial, the parameter values summarised in Table 3 should be entered into the SEAMCAT simulation
scenario.
Parameters
Operatingfrequency
Transmitterpower
Emissionbandwidth
Referencebandwidth
Txantennatype
Txantennagain
Txantennaheight
Value
1000
33
200
200
Omnidirectional
11
30
Units
MHz
dBm
kHz
kHz
dBi
m
Table3:Characteristicsoftheinterferinglinkpairoftransmitterandreceiver.
Note:TheGeneralparametertabsheet(Figure29)gathersbasicinformationrequiredfordefinitionofaninterfering
linksuchasIdentification(i.e.Name+Descriptionfreelychosenbytheuser)andDefinition.ThereferenceoftheIt
and the reference of the Wr is selected by means of the interfering transmitter and wanted receiver combo box
respectively.Anychangeofthereferenceinanyofthecomboboxautomaticallytriggerstheupdateoftheassociated
parametersoftheItorWrinthisinterferinglink.
39
Figure29:Interferinglinkdialogwindow
5.2
ParametersoftheGeneralTab
operatesat1000MHz;
Figure30:Settinguptheoperatingfrequencyoftheinterferinglink.
40
5.3
ParametersoftheInterferingTransmitter
theInterferingtransmitterusesaPowerof33dBm;(#1ofFigure31)
theInterferingtransmitterusesanomnidirectionalantennaof11dBigain;(#2)
theInterferingtransmitterusesanantennaheightof30m;(#3)
theInterferingtransmitterusesanemissionbandwidthof200kHzandareferencebandwidthBref=200kHz.(#4)
Theemissionbandwidthof200kHzisdefinedthroughtheemissionmask(seeFigure31).Thisinterferingtransmitter
emissionmaskisdefinedindBc.Then,theusershouldenteranattenuationgiveninareferencebandwidth(asshown
in#4ofFigure31),thecorrespondingpowerisderivedusingthefollowingequation:
P(dBm/Bref)=Pe(dBm)+Att(dBc/Bref)
WherePeisthepoweroftheInterferingtransmitterwithintheemissionbandwidth(alsoknowastheinbandpower).
ThesignofAtt(dBc/Bref)isexplainedinsectionA.5.4.Then,inthisexample,withintheemissionbandwidth(200kHz
offsetbetween0.1MHzand0.1MHz),thepoweris33dBm,ifthereferencebandwidthissupposedtobeequalto
theemissionbandwidththenAtt=0dBc/Bref,thisgives:
33(dBm/200kHz)=33+0(dBc/Bref)
TheattenuationindBcshouldbetakenequalto0dBc/200kHzasshownin#4ofFigure31(thelinkbetweenthemask
giveninareferencebandwidthandthemaskdefinedin1MHzisexplainedinAnnex5).
Figure31:Settinguptheinterferingtransmitter.
41
5.4
PositioningoftheVrvsIt
SEAMCAT allows defining the relative location between the Victim Receiver and the Interfering Transmitter as
illustratedinFigure32andbrieflydescribedbelow.FurtherdetailscanbefoundinsectionA.1.9.
Uncorrelatedcasesmode
Uniformdensity (nactive interferers)
None
(nactiveinterferers)
Closest
(singleinterferer)
VrIt
location
Wr/Wt
It/Vr
It/Wt
Wt/Vr
Correlatedcasesmode
Figure32:SummaryoftheVrItlocationcapabilityinSEAMCAT
TherelativelocationofItVrdefinesthemutualpositioningoftheItandVr.Eachinterferingsignalcalculationresults
fromthecontributionof
None: nactive interfering transmitters located in a circular area with a radius (i.e. simulation radius) defined
directlybytheuser.Therandomplacementoftheinterferingtransmittersinthisareaisdefinedbythepath
azimuthandthepathdistancefactorparameters.
Uniformdensity:nactiveinterferingtransmittersuniformlylocatedinacircularareawithasimulationradius
calculatedfromtheinterferersdensityandthenumberofactivetransmitters.
Closest:justoneinterferingtransmitter.ThisItisrandomlyplacedinacircularareawithasimulationradius
derivedfromthedensityofinterferers.
In the following four cases of fixed placement, the relative location of the two pair of transmitter and receiver is
described by dX/dY displacement, with the origin being either on the Transmitter or Receiver of the victim link
dependingontheoptionselected.
It/Vr:fixedplacementofItwithrespecttoVr,
It/Wt:fixedplacementofItwithrespecttoWt,
Wr/Vr:fixedplacementofWrwithrespecttoVr,
Wr/Wt:fixedplacementofWrwithrespecttoWt.
In this exercise, the distance between the Interfering Transmitter and the Victim Receiver as shown in Figure 33 is
fixedbyusingthecorrelateddistanceasillustratedbyFigure34.
42
dRSS
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
Victimlink
iRSS
DeltaY
=4km
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
DeltaX=4km
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
Interfering
link
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
Figure33:DistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver
Figure34:ExampleofsettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiverin
SEAMCAT.
43
5.5
CalculationoftheiRSS
Figure35:IllustrationofSEAMCATdisplay(only1snapshot)ofthevariouspairoftransmitterandreceiverandthe
dRSSandiRSSrelationship.
The attenuation between the Interfering Transmitter and the Victim Receiver is simulated by using the free space
model(VariationshouldbedisabledandMedianLossshouldbeactive).Whenthesimulationisfinished,SEAMCAT
presentsthepositioningofthevariouspairsoftransmittersandreceiversasshowninFigure35(onlyonesnapshotis
illustrated).
Usingtheseassumptions,itispossibletoderivetheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiveriRSS:
iRSS=Pe+Ge+GrL
iRSS=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))
iRSS=54.5dBm
RunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSSsignalcalculatedbySEAMCATcancheckthisasshowninFigure36.
Figure36:iRSScalculatedinSEAMCAT(ThesimulationSummaryisextractedfromtheoutputdisplayofSEAMCAT
asshowninFigure28#7)
44
5.6
Relationshipbetweentheemissionbandwidth,thereferencebandwidthandtheVictimReceiverbandwidth
InSection5.3,theproposedexerciseconsidersthecasewheretheVrbandwidthisthesameastheemission
bandwidthandthereferencebandwidth.
Thissectionaimsatillustratingtheinteractionbetweentheemissionbandwidth(ItBW),referencebandwidth(Bref),Vr
bandwidth(VrBW)andanybandwidthcorrectionfactor.Thissectionprovidesexampleswherethesevaluesare
differentanditseffectontheiRSScalculation.
5.6.1
RelationshipbetweenEmissionbandwidthandReferencebandwidth
ForafixedVrBW=200kHz,andfixedItBW=200kHz,theattenuationAtt(dBc/Bref)willbedifferentdependingonthe
valuesoftheBrefinordertoachievethesameinterferencepowerlevel.
Case1,ItBW>Bref:
Bref=100kHz,withAtt=3dBc/Bref,iRSS=54.48dBm;
AsmentionedinSectionA.5.4onp.138,ifthereferencebandwidthislowerthantheemissionbandwidththenthe
attenuationmustbedefinedwithnegativesign;
Case2,ItBW=Bref:
Ifthereferencebandwidthisequaltotheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationshouldbesetaszero.
Case3,ItBW<Bref:
Ifthereferencebandwidthislargerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwithpositive
sign;
5.6.2
RelationshipbetweenEmissionbandwidthandVictimReceiverbandwidth
ForafixedBref=200kHzandafixedItBW=200kHz,dependingonthesizeoftheVrBWabandwidthcorrectionfactoris
appliedornot.
Case4,ItBW=VrBW:
Vr=200kHz,iRSS=54.49dBm;
Case5,ItBW>VrBW:
AsshowninAnnex18onp.211,whentheItBW>VrBW,theinterferingpowerintheVrisreduceddueabandwidth
correctionfactorautomaticallyappliedinSEAMCAT.Asaresults,theiRSSvaluedecreasescomparetoacasewhere
ItBW=VrBW.
Case6,ItBW<VrBW:
AsillustratedinAnnex18,whentheItBW<VrBW,thereisnobandwidthcorrectionfactorappliedtotheinterfering
emittedpowersincethealltheenergyisseenbytheVr.ThereforetheiRSSisequaltothecasewhereItBW=VrBW.
45
Figure37:IllustrationoftheemissionspectrummaskwithrespecttotheVrbandwidthincase6.
Case7:Thisisthesameascase6(Vr=400kHzandBref=200kHz)exceptthatthespectrumemissionmask
(emissionbandwidth200kHz)hasslopesonbothsides(Figure38)whichgenerateshigherinterferencecomparedto
thecase6andtheiRSS=53.44dBm
Figure38:Illustrationofcase7andtheextrainterferingenergytotheVrduetotheslopeintheemissionmask.
46
STEP3:PROBABILITYOFINTERFERENCE
ExtracttheProbabilityofInterferencein....
Compatibilitycalculationmode
Translationcalculationmode
AfterthesimulationofeventshasbeencompletedbytheEGE,theSEAMCATworkspacewillhaveobtainedandstored
thevectorsofwanted(dRSS)andunwanted(iRSS)signals.TheuserthenmayproceedtousethefacilitiesoftheICEin
ordertoevaluatetheprobabilityofinterferenceforthesimulatedscenario.
TheICEinterfacemaybefoundbyselectingtheInterferenceCalculationstab,whichwillopenthedialogwindowas
showninFigure39.
Figure39:Interferencecalculationtabsheet.
The probability of interference could be calculated by the ICE with reference to the following choice of input
parameters:
Calculationmode:compatibilityortranslation
Whichtypeofinterferencesignalisconsideredforcalculation:unwanted,blocking,intermodulationortheir
combination
Interferencecriterion:C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NorI/N
47
6.1.1
Compatibilitycalculationmode
ItisthenpossibletoderivetheC/I(i.e.dRSS/iRSS):
dRSS/iRSS=53.5(54.5)=1dB
SincetheresultingC/Iisbelowtheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(compatibilitycalculationmode)isequalto1asshowninFigure40.
Figure40:Probabilityofinterference
48
6.1.2
Translationcalculationmode
WhentheTranslationmodeischosen,theusermaycalculateanddisplayachartoftheprobabilityofinterferenceas
afunctionofoneofthefollowinginputparameters:
OutputpowerofInterferingtransmitter;
BlockingresponselevelofVictimreceiver;
IntermodulationresponselevelofVictimreceiver.
The translation function, as shown as (#1) in Figure 41, allows investigation of the probability of interference for
varying power supplied (#2) to the interfering transmitter. The power supplied (#3) to the interfering transmitter
shouldbeequalto15dBm,whichis18dBbelowthevalueusedinthesimulation(33dBm).EffectivelytheC/Iwillbe
increasedby18dBandreachesthelevelof19dB,i.e.thevaluewhichwasprovidedbytheuser(seesection4.3and
Figure19onpage32).
Figure41:Translationfunction
49
STEP4:WHEREDOESTHEINTERFERENCECOMEFROM?
DefinetheUnwantedEmissionMask
CalculatetheiRSSunwanted
CalculatetheiRSSblocking
Userdefinedmode
Sensitivitymode
Protectionratiomode
7.1
Extractprobabilityofinterference
(i.e.unwantedvsblocking)
ParametersoftheInterferingLinks
The following parameters should be changed in the simulation: (i) the interferer operates at 1000.3 MHz and (ii)
outsidetheemissionbandwidth,theattenuationis23dBc/200kHz.Thecorrespondingpowermayderivedusingthe
knownequation:
P(dBm/Bref)=Pe(dBm)+Att(dBc/Bref)
Then,inthisexample,outsidetheemissionbandwidth(offsetbetween0.1MHzand1MHzandbetween0.1MHz
and1MHz),thepowerisequalto:
P=33+(23(dBc/Bref))=10(dBm/200kHz)
ThecompleteunwantedemissionmaskisprovidedinFigure42.
Figure42:Unwantedemissionmask
50
7.2
7.2.1
CalculationoftheiRSS
CalculationoftheiRSSunwanted
Usingthepreviousassumptions,itispossibletoderivetheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimreceiverwithinits
bandwidthasdescribedinAnnex4onpage132.ThisiscalledtheiRSSunwanted:
iRSSunwanted=P+Ge+GrL
iRSSunwanted=10(dBm/200kHz)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))
iRSSunwanted=77.5dBm
ThiscanbecheckedbyrunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSSunwantedsignalasdepictedinFigure43.
In this example there is no bandwidth

correction factor to be applied to the
calculationoftheiRSSunwantedsincetheVr
bandwidth and the It reference
bandwidthhavethesamevalue(i.e.200
KHz).
Examplesofcorrectionbandwidthcanbe
foundinsection5.6andAnnex18.
Figure43:MeaniRSSunwanted
7.2.2
CalculationoftheiRSSblocking
For this exercise, the blocking response from the receiver has a positive sign as shown in Figure 44. Detailed
informationonthecalculationoftheiRSSblockingcanbefoundinsectionA.4.2ofAnnex4.
Figure44:Definitionofthereceiverblockingresponse
51
7.2.2.1
Userdefinedmode
Inthiscase,theBlockingisprovidedindBandrepresentstheattenuationofthereceiveratagivenfrequencyoffset
(seeFigure8(b)).Theresultingreceiverattenuationequalstheuserdefinedinputvalues.Then,theiRSSblockingatthe
interfereroperatingfrequencymaybecalculatedasfollows(Note:TheItbandwidthisnotconsideredintheiRSSblocking
calculation):
iRSSblocking(fit)=Pe+Ge+GrLAtt(fit)
iRSSblocking=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(32)+20log(1000))40(dB)
iRSSblocking=94.5dBm
ThiscanbecheckedbyrunningasimulationanddisplayingtheiRSSblockingincaseofUserdefinedmodecalculatedby
SEAMCAT(Figure45).
Figure45:MeaniRSSblockingincaseofUserdefinedmode
7.2.2.2
Sensitivitymode
InthiscalculationmodethefunctionblockMaxInterfSignal(f)enteredbytheuserrepresentstheabsolutepowerlevel(in
dBm) of maximum interfering signal (maximum acceptable interfering power), which might be tolerated by the
receiveratagivenfrequencyseparation(seeFigure8(a)).
InthiscaseSEAMCATcalculatesthereceiverattenuation,Attenuation(f),tobeappliedtotheinterferingsignalby
usingthefollowingexpression:
Attenuation(f)=blockMaxInterfSignal(f)(dBm)sensvr(dBm)+C/(N+I)(dB)
where: f fIt - fVristhefrequencyseparation

sensvristhesensitivityoftheVr(dBm)asdefinedinthesimulationscenario.
Toachievearealisticvalue,theusermaydefinethesensitivity(sensvr)as(seeFigure46):
Sensitivity=NoiseFloor+C/(N+I)
Sensitivity=110dBm+16=94dBm
Figure46:SettingupthesensitivityinSEAMCAT
52
Thentheattenuationmaybeevaluated:
Attenuation(f)=40+94+16=150dB
iRSSblocking=InterferingSignalLevel(fit)=54.5150=204.5dBm
This can be checked by running a simulation and displaying the iRSSblocking in case of Sensitivity mode calculated by
SEAMCAT(Figure47).
Figure47:MeaniRSSblockingincaseofSensitivitymode
7.2.2.3
Protectionratio
This mode is identical to the sensitivity mode since the only difference is that the Blocking value (relative to the
noisefloor)isprovidedindB.Thesoftwareprocessestheinformationusingexactlythesamemethodtoobtainthe
valueofthereceiverattenuation(seeFigure8(a)).
The function blockProtection Ratio(f) entered by the user represents the protection ratio, i.e. the ratio of maximum
acceptablelevelofinterferingsignaltothewantedsignallevel,atagivenfrequencyseparation.
In this case SEAMCAT calculates the receiver attenuation avr(f) tobe appliedto the interfering signal byusingthe
followingexpression(seeFigure48):
Attenuation(f)=blockProtectionRatio(f)(dB)+C/(N+I)(dB)+3dB
Attenuation(f)=40+16+3=59dB
iRSSblocking=InterferingSignalLevel(fit)=54.559=113.5dBm
Figure48:MeaniRSSblockingincaseofProtectionratiomode
7.3
Probabilityofinterference
Theusermaychoosetheprotectioncriteriatobeusedinthecalculationoftheprobabilityofinterferenceandthe
typeofinterferencetobeconsidered(unwantedand/orblocking).Forexample,whenusingtheresultscalculatedin
section4.5andtheprotectioncriteriadefinedinsection5.3itispossibletoderivetheC/I,(N+I)/Netc
Usingtheunwantedmode,itispossibletoderivetheC/I:
dRSS/iRSSunwanted=53.5(77.5)=24dB
SincetheresultingC/Iisabovetheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(Interferencecalculation)isequalto0(seeFigure49(a)).
53
ThesameconclusionisreachedbyusingtheC/(N+I)criteria(itshouldbenotedthatSEAMCATperformsaconsistency
checkbetweentheinterferencecriteria,seesectionA.16.1).
Itisalsopossibletoderivethe(N+I)/N=77.5(100)=22.5(sinceI>>N).Sincethe(I+N)/Nwhichisobtainedisabove
theprotectioncriteria(3dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT(Interferencecalculation)isequal
to1(seeFigure49).
ThesameconclusionisreachedbyusingtheI/Ncriteria.
(a)
(b)
Figure49:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofunwantedemissionsfor(a)C/Iand(b)(N+I)/N.
Usingtheblockinginterferencemode(protectionratio)itisthenpossibletoderivetheC/I:
dRSS/iRSSblocking=53.5(113.5)=60dB
SincetheC/Iobtainedisabovetheprotectioncriteria(19dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT
(Interferencecalculation)isequalto0(seeFigure50(a)).
It is also possible to derive the (N+I)/N= 113.5(100)= 13.5. Since the (N+I)/N which is obtained is below the
protectioncriteria(3dB),theprobabilityofinterferencecalculatedbySEAMCAT(Interferencecalculation)isequalto
0(Figure50(b)).
(a)
(b)
Figure50:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofthereceiverblockingresponsefor(a)C/Iand(b)
(N+I)/N.
Then,bytakingintoaccountthesumofthetwosignaltypes,theprobabilityofinterferencebecomesequalto1(due
totheunwantedemissions)(seeFigure51).
Figure51:Probabilityofinterferenceconsideringtheimpactofunwantedemissionsandthereceiverblocking
response.
54
7.4
Impactoffrequencydistributiononinterferenceprobability
Thefollowingparameteroftheinterferinglinkshouldbechangedinthesimulation:
Operatesbetween1000MHzand1000.3MHz.(seeAnnex8forfurtherdetailedonthedistributions).
Figure52:Settingupthedistributionoftheinterferingtransmitter
Using this new assumption, the iRSS ranges between the two operating frequency values calculated above can be
extractedasavector,oracumulativedistributionfunction(CDF)orasadensity.ThisisdescribedinFigure53.
Figure53:SignalStrength
ThevariationintheTxinterferingfrequencychangedtheprobabilityofinterferencetoavalueofaround66%.
55
STEP5:AREALCASE
Definethedistancebetweentheinterferertransmitter
andthevictimreceiver
Setthecoverageradius
Setthesimulationradius
Applyauniformdensity
ofinterferingtransmitters
Setaprotectiondistance
Usepowercontrol
Assesstheantennagain
Note:InthissectiontheFreeSpaceModelisusedtoderivetheattenuationonthedifferentpaths.
Step5isafollowupofthepreviousStep(i.e.theVictimLinkandInterferingLinkoperateatthesamefrequency
1000MHzcochannelinterference).Figure54presentsanillustrationofthevariousradii(i.e.coverageradiusand
simulation radius) that are used in SEAMCAT and with reference to the various pairs of transmitters and receivers
usedforasimulation.
dRSS
WantedReceiver
dRSS
Victim
Receiver
Coverage
radius
Victimlink
Wanted
Transmitter
(Wt)
(Originof
victim
coverage)
Wanted
Receiver
(Wr)
iRSS
Victim
Receiver
(Vr)
(Originofsimulation)
Interfering
Transmitter
(It)
(Originof
interfering
coverage)
Coverage
radius
Interfering
link
Simulation
radius
Figure54:IllustrationoftheCoverageRadiusandtheSimulationRadiuswithrespecttothepairsoftransmitters
andreceiversofthevictimandinterferinglinks.
56

8.1
CalculationofthecoverageradiusaroundtheWt
wt
The distance between the Wt and the Vr is referred to as the coverage radius ( R max ). In the case of mobile
applications,thenumberofterminalsthatmaytransmitinagivencellofthenetworkisgivenby:
wt
ndensmax. Rmax
2
nchannels .nuserperchannel
clusterfrequency
ThecalculationofthecoverageradiuscanbefoundinAnnex10.
Theclustercharacterisesthefrequencyreuseofamobilenetwork(seeFigure55).
f25f32
f49f56
f9f16
f1f8
f65f72
f33f40
f57f64
f17f24
Fre
q
uen
cy
f9f16
f41f48
f1f8
clu
ste
r
f17f24
of 9
Figure55:Frequencycluster
Thevictimlinkcoverageradius(i.e.centredonthewantedtransmitter)maythenbecalculatedbyusingtheformula
below.Figure56presentshowtosetupSEAMCAT.
wt
Rmax
nchannels nuserperchannel
dens max cluster frequency
Figure56:Calculationofthevictimlinkcoverageradius
57
wt
Rmax
728 =1.42km
109
Figure57presentstheresultsofthedRSSvectorandtheresultsinthecoverageradiusofthevictimlink.
ThedRSSforareceiverlocatedattheedgeofthecoverageareamaybecalculated:
dRSS=30(dBm)+9+9(32.5+10log(1.43^2)+20log(1000))=47.5dBm
Figure57:CalculationresultsoftheWantedtransmittedcoverageradius
Figure58:IllustrationoftheVrandWtpositioningbasedonthetrafficlimitednetworkcoverageradius.
58
8.2
DistancebetweentheInterferingTransmitterandtheVictimReceiver
ThedistancebetweentheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitterisreferredtoasthesimulationradius.Itcan
bedefinedasshowninFigure59.
Figure59:Definitionoftheminimumdistance
Usingthisfeature,theinterferingtransmitterislocatedbetween1km(0.1x10km)and10km(1x10km)fromthe
VictimReceiverasshownintheSEAMCATdisplayinFigure60.
Figure60:SEAMCATdisplayoftheminimumdistance
Iftheinterferingtransmitterislocatedat10km,itispossibletoderivetheiRSSunwanted:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(10x10)+20log(1000))
iRSSunwanted=5332.5=20.56020=59.5dBm
Iftheinterferingtransmitterislocatedat1km:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))
iRSSunwanted=5332.5=20.560=39.5dBm
59
TheiRSSunwantedextendsfrom59.5dBmto39.5dBmasconfirmedbyFigure61.
Figure61:iRSSunwanted
8.3
UniformdistributionofItvsVr
The user may define a uniform deployment density of terminals/transmitters per km2. This can either be done by
usingtheUniformDensitymodecombinedwiththecalculationofasimulationradiusasdescribedinsection8.3.1
and A.10.2 or by using the none mode combined with the choice of uniform path polar distance as described in
section8.3.2.
8.3.1
Uniformdensitymodesimulationradiuscalculation
Thenumberofactivetransmittersthatwillbeuniformlylocatedwithinthesimulationradiusisgivenby:
nactive denstransmitter.probtransmission. Rsimulation

2
Figure62presentstheuserinterfacewiththeinputvalue.
Figure62:SettingupthesimulationradiusinSEAMCAT(Notethattheresultsofthesimulationradiusisdisplayed
onlyafterrunningsimulation)
60
Thesimulationradiusiscalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
Rsimu
active
active
it
dens
. probtransmission
IntheexampleofFigure62,thisgives:
Rsimu
1
=0.178km
10 1
Figure63:iRSSusingthesimulationradiusfor1activetransmitter(R=0.178).
Thenforasingleinterferingtransmitterlocatedattheedgeofthesimulationradius(R=0.178km),theiRSSunwanted
maybecalculated:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.178^2)+20log(1000))=24.5dBm
Whenincreasingthenumberofactivetransmittersto10(seeFigure64),thesimulationradiusbecomes:
Rsimu
10
=0.564km
10 1
Then,forasingleinterferingtransmitterlocatedattheedgeofthatsimulationradius(R=0.564km),theiRSSunwanted
resultingfromthisterminalmaybecalculatedas:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.564^2)+20log(1000))=34.5dBm
61
If 10 active terminals are located at the edge of the simulation radius, the iRSSunwanted may be calculated in the
followingway:
iRSSunwanted=34.6(dBm)+10log(10)=24.5dBm
ThentheiRSSunwantedshouldbeabove24.5dBmasshownonFigure65.
Figure64:SettingupthesimulationradiusinSEAMCATwithadifferentnumberofactivetransmitters
Figure65:iRSSusingthesimulationradiuscalculatedfor10activeinterferers(R=0.564km)
62
8.3.2
Nonemode
WhentheuserselectstheNonemode,hecanalsodefineaUniformdensityofterminal/transmitterbyusingthe
Uniform polar distance defined within the path distance factor and a uniform distributed path azimuth (0 to 360
deg).Uniform polar distance leads to uniformly distributed terminals in the circular area (area) and the Uniform
distanceleadstouniformlydistributedterminalsalongtheradius(line).
Thenusingauserdefinedradiusof0.178kmand1interferingtransmitter(seeFigure66),itispossibletoreproduce
theresultsofsection8.3.1.Therefore,thesameresultsasthosegiveninFigure63arefoundasshowninFigure67.
Figure66:UniformdensityusingNonemode
Figure67:iRSSunwanted/Uniformpolarfeature/1interferingtransmitter(sameresultsasinFigure63)
Usingauserdefinedradiusof0.564kmand10interferingtransmitters,thesameresultsasthosegiveninFigure65
arereachedasshowninFigure68.
Figure68:iRSSunwanted/Uniformpolarfeature/10interferingtransmitter(sameresultsasinFigure685)
63
8.4
Protectiondistance
Ifaminimumprotectiondistance (d0) betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthen:
nactive denstransmitter . probtransmission . Rsimulation d o2
Thesimulationradiusmaythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
Rsimu
n active
d 02
densitactive probtransmission
Note:ThecalculationoftheiRSSateachtrialwillbeperformedonlyifthelocationoftheItsatisfiesthefollowing
condition d it vr d 0 .
Figure69presentshowtosetupSEAMCAT(SeealsoA.10.2forfurtherdetails).
Figure69:Settinguptheprotectiondistancerelatedtothesimulationradiuswith1activeinterferer.
Thesimulationradius(seeFigure70)maythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula:
Rsimu
1
.5 0.5 =0.531km
10
Figure70:CalculationofthesimulationradiusandtheiRSSunwantedusingtheprotectiondistance(for1active
interferer)
64
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandtheItisequaltotheprotectiondistance(0.5km),then:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.5x0.5)+20log(1000))=33.5dBm
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandtheItisequaltothesimulationradius(0.531km),then:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.531x0.531)+20log(1000))=34dBm
TheseresultsareinlinewiththosedepictedonFigure70.Wecanthenincreasethenumberofactivetransmittersto
10asshowninFigure71.
Figure71:Settinguptheprotectiondistancerelatedtothesimulationradiuswith10activeinterferer
Thesimulationradiusmaythenbecalculatedbyusingthefollowingformula(seeFigure72fortheresult):
Rsimu
10
.5 0.5 =0.75km
10
Figure72:CalculationoftheRsimuandtheiRSSunwantedusingtheprotectiondistance(for10activeinterferer)
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandasingleItisequaltotheprotectiondistance,then:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.5x0.5)+20log(1000))=33.5dBm
IfthedistancebetweentheVrandasingleItisequaltothesimulationradius,then:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(0.75x0.75)+20log(1000))=37dBm
If10transmittersaredeployedaroundtheVrthen:
iRSSunwanted=37(dBm)+10log(10)=27dBmandiRSSunwanted=33.5(dBm)+10log(10)=23.5dBm
27dBm<iRSSunwanted<23.5dBm(seeFigure72)
65
8.5
PowerControl
Note:Thepowercontrolisusedonlyinthissection.Whenconsideringothersections,thepowercontrolfeatureshould
bedeactivated.
ApowercontrolfeatureisimplementedwithinSEAMCAT.Whenthisfeatureisactivateditintroducesavariationof
theinterferingtransmitterpower.MoredetailsontheimplementationofthepowercontrolinSEAMCATispresented
inAnnex11anditssettinginAnnexA.1.6.
Whenusingthescenarioprovidedinsection4(VictimLinkandInterferingLinkoperateatthesamefrequency1000
MHzbutwithawantedreceiverantennagainshouldbeequalto11dBi),itbecomespossibletodefinethedistance
betweentheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitter.
Forsimplification,weconsiderthattheVictimreceiverandtheInterferingtransmitteraredefinedusingthefollowing
assumptions(1kmdistancebetweentheVictimandtheInterferingtransmitter).ThisisillustratedinFigure73.
Figure73:SettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingandtheVictimpairoftransmitterandreceiver
IfthepowercontrolisnotactivatedthentheiRSSunwantedis(seeFigure74):
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+9(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=39.5dBm
Figure74:iRSSunwantedwithoutpowercontrol
ThesameassumptionisusedforthedistancebetweenItandtheWr(i.e.x=0kmandy=1km)wheretheItisthe
(0,0)originasshowninFigure75.
66
Figure75:SettingupthedistancebetweentheInterferingtransmitterandtheWantedreceivertoevaluatethe
dRSSWantedReceiver.
ThepowerreceivedbytheWantedReceiver(dRSSWantedReceiver)isthen:
dRSSWantedReceiver=33(dBm)+11+11(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=37.5dBm
Note:ItisveryimportantnottoconfusethedRSSWantedReceiverandthedRSSVictimReceiver.
Figure54illustratestheirdifferences.
ThepowercontrolcanbeinputasshowninFigure76.
Figure76:Settingupthepowercontrolfortheinterferinglink.
67
Using these assumptions, the results of the simulation are the same as previously since the threshold (35 dBm) is
abovethedRSSWantedReceiver(37.5dB).ThiscorrespondstotheCase1describedinAnnex11.
Now,ifthethresholdisdecreasedfrom35dBmto50dBm(seeFigure77)
Figure77:ReductionoftheminimumthresholdinthePC
Since,thepowercontrolfeatureisactivatedthegainofthepowercontrolisdeterminedaccordingtotheguidance
giveninAnnex11onpage161.SincethedRSSWantedReceiveris37.5dBmand:
50dBm(PCthreshold)+2*PCstep(5dB)<37.5dBm<50dBm(PCthreshold)+3*PCstep(5dB)
Thegainofthepowercontrol(gitPC)is10dB(Case(i+1)inAnnex11).ThismeansthattheiRSSunwantedwillbedecreased
by10dB,i.e.:
iRSSunwanted=39.5dBmgitPC=49.5dBm
Finally, if the threshold is decreased from 50 dBm to 70 dBm, the power control feature is activated. Since the
dRSSWantedReceiveris37.5dBm,thisresultsin:
70dB(PCthreshold)+20(PCdyn)<37.5dBm
Thegainofthepowercontrolis20dB(Case(n_step+2)inAnnex11).ThismeansthattheiRSSunwantedwillbe
decreasedby20dB,i.e.:
iRSSunwanted=39.5dBmgitPC=59.5dBm
68
8.6
Antennagain
Forsimplification,weconsiderthattheVictimReceiverandtheInterferingTransmitteraredefinedusingthefollowing
assumptions(again1kmdistancebetweentheInterferingtransmitterandtheVictimreceiver)(seeFigure78).
Figure78:Definitionofthescenariotoassesstheantennagain
TheiRSSunwantedisthen:
iRSSunwanted=33(dBm)+11+Gr(32.5+10log(1)+20log(1000))=48.5dBm+Gr
Figure79:Definitionoftheantennagain
InordertoinvestigatetheevolutionoftheiRSSversustheantennaradiationpatternwithfixedlocationofthepairsof
transmittersandreceivers(i.e.togetrandomanglearrivalandconsequentlyrandomgainoftheantennaradiation
pattern),itispossibletorotateartificiallytheantennapatterndefinedinFigure79intheazimuthdomain.Thiscanbe
donebyrotatingtheantennafrom0to360byapplyingauniformdistributionfrom0to360degtothemainbeam
direction(0deg).
69
Figure80:Settinguptherotationintheazimuthdomain
Thereceiverantennagainextendsfrom9dB+(0to50dB)meaningthatitvariesfrom+9dBto41dBdependingon
theazimuthangle(Figure80),theiRSSunwantedisthen:
89.5dBm<iRSSunwanted<39.5dBm
ResultsgeneratedbySEAMCATarepresentedinFigure81.
Figure81:iRSSunwanted
70
STEP6:GOINGFURTHER
You will learn from Step 6 how to ...
9.1
Use the batch operation

Generate multiple interferers
How to make the most of SEAMCAT figures
Batchoperation
TheSEAMCAT'sbatchfunctionallowsautomationofrepetitivecompatibilitystudiesbyschedulingseveralSEAMCAT
simulations to be done in one run of the programme. One typical example of using SEAMCAT batch functionality
would be to perform multiple simulations in order to study the interference probability on identical scenarios with
onlysmallfrequencychangesbetweenthem.
ThebatchfunctionissimilartousingtheTranslationmodeinICE,whereitispossibletoseetheimpactofchanging
oneoftheinputparametersonthefinalprobabilityofinterference.However,whiletheTranslationmodehasonly
three predefined input parameters that may be subject to change, the batch function allows modification of any
inputparameteranddoesnotlimitthenumberofthoseparameterssubjecttochange.
Thefirststepistodefinetheparametersthatwillbeusedinthebatch.Figure82showshowbatchfunctionalitycan
bestartedthroughtheBatchOperationcommandintheworkspacetoolsmenu,anddoesnotrequireanyworkspace
tobeopen/selected.
Figure82:Firststeptobatchfunctionality
Then,theuserneedstoopenthebatchandtodefineitasshowninFigure83.Thiswindowisdividedintwoparts:
EditbatchmembersandParameters.
Theupperpart(Editbatchmembers)containsthelistofbatchjobsorworkspacestobesimulatedinthebatch.Thisis
alsowheretheresultswillbeshown(seeFigure85).
Thelowerpartofdialogwindow(Parameters)displaysthevariablebatchparametersforthebatchjobselectedinthe
upperpart.InSEAMCAT3thereisnolimittothenumberofbatchparameters,andtheparametersdonotneedtobe
preselected.ByclickingtheAddbuttononthetoprightitispossibletoaddanewbatchjob.Then,theparametersto
beusedinthesimulationsshouldbedefinedasillustratedinFigure84.
71
Figure83:Definitionofthebatchparameters
Figure84:Definitionoftheparameterstobeusedinthesimulations
SEAMCATthenconductsthesimulationsandproducesareportforeachofthesimulationsthatweredefinedbythe
userasshowninFigure85.
72
Figure85:ProbabilityofinterferenceresultsoftheBatchsimulation
9.2
MultipleInterferersgeneration
SEAMCATallowsvariousoptionstogeneratemultipleinterferers.Thisisdescribedinthefollowingsections.
9.2.1
Option1
This option allows SEAMCAT to generates multiple interferers which may have the same or different technical
characteristicsfromeachother.ThisisillustratedinFigure86.
Figure86:Generationofmultipleinterfererswhichmayhavedifferenttechnicalcharacteristicsfromeachother.
The feature colocate allows the deployment of a second type of interferer (for instance New
Workspace_217_ILK1.1)forwhichthetransmitterswillbelocatedatthesamelocationasthetransmittersofanother
typeofinterferers(i.e.NewWorkspace_217_ILK1orNewinterferinglink1,etc..).Thisfeatureisofinterestsinceit
allows deploying these two interferers at the same location (i.e. with the same coordinates) and these two
transmitterscouldbetransmittingatthesametimewhilehavingdifferenttransmittercharacteristics(e.g.emission
mask,antennaradiationpattern).
Note:Ifforoneinterferinglink(e.g.NewWorkspace_217_ILK1.1)thenumberofactivetransmitterisone,thenfor
anyextrainterferinglinks(e.g.Newinterferinglink1),onlyoneTx(i.e.Newinterferinglink1)issimulated.Whenthe
colocatefeatureisselected,anyvaluesaregreyshadedandonlyonetransmitterissimulated.
73
9.2.2
Option2: Autogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinks
ThisoptioncorrespondstoduplicatentimesaspecificinterferinglinksonacircleasillustratedinFigure89.These
interferershavethesamecharacteristicsastheoriginalinterferinglink(i.e.NewWorkspace_234_ILK1inFigure88).It
hasthepurposeofautomaticallygeneratingaregularpatternofinterferinglinks.Thesemultiplelinksarelocatedata
certain(circular)patternaroundthevictimsystem.Atypicalinterferencescenariothatwouldbenefitfromusingthis
functionisdepictedinthefollowingfigure:
Note: In the Vr It path tab, one of the correlated cases mode should be selected, otherwise SEAMCAT will
promptawarningstatingUnabletogeneratemultipleinterferinglinksunlessNonCDMAfixedpositionlinkexists
(i.e.theautogeneratordoesnotworkwithselectedVrItcorrelationmodesNone,UniformdensityorClosest
interferer).
The user may create other combinations of mutual coupling and positioning of transmitters and receivers pairs in
interfering and victim links by accordingly setting the VrWt; ItWr, and VrIt correlation choices in the workspace
scenario.Tousetheautogenerationofsuchregularlyspacedinterferinglinks,theusermayusecommandGenerate
MultipleInterferingSystemsintheToolsmenuasshowninFigure88.Intheappearingdialogwindow,theusermay
first select which of the existing interfering links should be multiplied, then set the number of tiers of generated
multiple cells, total number of cells per tier and the 'frequency reuse distance' parameter (corresponding to D in
Figure87).
It 3
It 2
Wr 2
Wr 3
It 4
It 1
Vr
Wr 4
Wr 1
It 6
It 5
Wr 5
Wr 6
Figure87:Illustrationoftheautogenerationofmultipleinterferinglinks
Figure87showsanexampleofscenariothatmaybeusedforestimatingintraserviceinterferencetoavictimbase
stationofcellularsystemfrommobiletransmittersoperatinginthenexttierofcochannelcellsofthesamesystem.
Thecelldisplacementangle(correspondingtoinFigure87)iscalculatedautomaticallybythedialoguewindowby
evenlyspacingthespecifiednumberofcellsaroundthe360degarc,buttheusermayamendthisangle.e.g.inorder
toachieveplacementofmultiplecellsinasectoroflessthan360deg.TheparameterCelldisplacementangleoffset
maybeusedtospecifytheoffsetofanazimuthtowardsthefirstinterferingcellwithregardtothexaxis,asseenfrom
thecentreofavictimlink.
Note:Duringthemultiplelinkgeneration,theFrequencyreusedistanceparameterspecifiedwithinthemultiplelink
generatordialoguewindow(5kmintheexample),incombinationwiththespecifiedinitialoffsetangle,willoverride
theoriginaldX/dYvaluesintheVrItpathsettingoftheoriginalInterferinglink,whichwillnowbecomethefirstlink
positionedinaccordancewiththespecifiedangularpattern.
74

Figure88:Generationofmultipleinterferers
Anexamplewith3tiers(i.e.3circles)isshowninFigure89.Alsoalistoftheinterferersbeinggeneratedispresented
withtheirnames.Itisalsoillustratedthateachinterfererscoordinatescanbeextractedormodifiedaccordingtothe
usersneedforthesimulationlayouttoconsider.
Figure89:Illustrationoftheresultsofthegenerationofmultipleinterferer
75
Figure90:Examplewhere1tierisusedtoposition4interferersinasquareshape(i.e.cornersofabuilding)with
theVrpositionedoutsidethesquare.
9.2.3
Option3
SEAMCAT allows defining of the number of active interfering transmitters as shown in Figure 91. These active
transmitters have the same technical characteristics (i.e. duplicate) and they are deployed according to the mode
selected(SeeAnnexA.1.9formoredetailsonthedeploymentmode).TheiRSSresultisstoredasonevector(ofsize
numberofsnapshots)whereforeachsnapshottheiRSSvalueisthesumoftheXactivetransmitters.
Note:Thenumberofactivetransmittersisdirectlyusedtocomputethesimulationradius(seeA.10.2).
Figure91:Generationofmultipleinterfererswiththesamecharacteristicsandusingaspecificdeploymentmode.
76
9.3
HowtomakethemostoftheSEAMCATfigures
Tip1:
Ifyouwanttoknowtheproperties,tochangethetitlesnameortoresizetheaxisofthegraphicrightclickonthe
figureandyouwillget:
Figure92:Illustrationonhowtogetthepropertiesdialogboxofafigure.
Figure93:Illustrationonchangingthechartproperties
Tip2:
ToZoomin:right(orleft)clickonthemouseandselecttheareathatyouwanttozoomon.
Tip3:
ToZoomout:right(orleft)clickonthemousemovetowardtheupperleftcorner.
77
Tip4:Extractionofoutputvectorsinreadableformatforpostprocessing.
Figure94:ExampleonhowtoextractvectorsinSEAMCATforpostprocessing
78
10
CDMASIMULATION
10.1
Introduction
SEAMCAT allows the simulation of cellular networks employing Code Division Multiple Access modulation scheme.
ThespecificCDMAstandard(e.g.CDMA20001X,orWCDMA/UMTS)canbeselectedbyincorporatingtheappropriate
link level curves into the simulation scenario. Only the interference impact of/on "voice" can be studied using
SEAMCAT.
WhereassimulationofnonCDMAsystemsiscarriedoutinSEAMCATbytakingtwopairsoftransmittersreceiversand
estimatingsignalsreceivedbetweenthemseparately(i.e.withoutanyformoffeedbackinfluence),thesimulationof
CDMAsystemsrequiresamuchmorecomplexprocessofpowercontrollinginafullyloadedsystem,includingimpact
from two tiers of neighbouring cells and, for victim CDMA systems, the attempt by the system to levelout the
interferenceimpact.ThereforeSEAMCATsupplementsasingleconsideredCDMAcellwithitsBaseStation(BS)two
tiersofvirtualcellstoforma19cell(57cellfortrisectordeployment)cluster,whichisthenpopulatedwithacertain
numberofmobilestations(MS)andtheCDMApowercontrolalgorithmisthenappliedtobalancetheoverallsystem.
TheCDMAGUI(GraphicalUserInterface)interfacecanbedividedintofourlogicalparts:
Pre-simulation
This part of the GUI is used to assist the user when configuring the workspace.
All CDMA specific GUI elements are available as part of either VictimLink or InterferingLink configuration dialogues.
Simulation
The simulation GUI elements are shown during the simulation and are used to provide information about what
SEAMCAT is doing.
Since CDMA simulation can take much longer than non-CDMA simulations, there are special GUI parts used to
provide information to the user.
Results
Detailed information on the last snapshot
After a simulation these GUI parts are used to provide access to calculated results and also detailed insight into the
last snapshot of the simulation.
Inspecting the last snapshot is considered a good way to validate the configuration of the simulated workspace.
Note:TheCDMAexamplesgiveninthismanualarebasedon3GPPUMTSspecifications.
79
10.2
10.2.1
Presimulationpart
DefiningaCDMAblockingmaskinSEAMCAT(VictimLink)
Figure 95 presents the location on the SEAMCAT GUI where the user can define a 3GPP blocking mask for CDMA
simulation.
Figure95:SEAMCATinterfacetoinserttheblockingmask
AnexampleofaBSblockingmask(i.e.CDMAULasvictim)basedonTS25.104[1]ispresentedinAnnex6.
10.2.2
DefiningaCDMAunwantedemissionmaskinSEAMCAT(InterferingLink)
Figure96presentsthelocationontheSEAMCATGUIwheretheusercandefinea3GPPunwantedspectrumemission
maskforCDMAsimulation.
Figure96:SEAMCATinterfacetoinserttheCDMAunwantedspectrumemissionmask
ExamplesofaBSandUEspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMADLasinterferer)basedonTS25.104[1]andTS25.101
[3]respectivelyarepresentedinAnnex5.
80
10.2.3
GeneralCDMAinputparameters
ThedialogwindowofFigure97isusedtodefinethenecessaryparametersforthemodellingofCDMAsystems.These
parameters have been divided into several related groups each called by a separate subsheet tab. The General
tabsheet contains a range of CDMA system parameters as well as some parameters that depend on the modelled
directionofCDMAlink(uplinkvs.downlink).Table4providesasummaryofthegeneralCDMAinputparametersto
SEAMCATandtheirdescription.
Figure97:GeneralCDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT
Parameter
CDMALink
component
ReceiverNoise
Figure
Handovermargin
Calldropthreshold
Voicebitrate
Reference
bandwidth
Voiceactivity
factor
MinimumCoupling
Loss
LinkLevelData
Description
ThetypeofCDMASystem.Notethatthereareconsiderabledifferencesbetween
modellingofuplinkandadownlinkinCDMAsystem.
Equipmentspecificnoisefigureofreceiver,specifiedindB.
Specifiesthemaximumdifference,indB,betweenthelinksinausersactivelist.The
actualactivelistselectionisbasedonpathlosscalculations.
Usedbythepowercontroltodetermineifausershouldbedroppedwhennotmeeting
exacttargetrequirement,specifiedindB.
Specifiedinkbps.
SpecifiedinMHz.
Decimalintherange01usedtospecifythepercentageofvoiceactiveusersin
system,i.e.avalueof0.5meansthathalfofallusersinsystemwillbevoiceactiveat
eachgiventimeinstance(SEAMCATsnapshot).Thisfigurewillhavelargeimpacton
systemcapacityasonlyvoiceactiveusersareconsideredbyCDMApowercontrol.
Theminimumpathloss,specifiedindB.
DropdownselectionofLinkleveldatalookupfunctionsfromLibrary.TheCDMALink
leveldatahavedifferentformatsforuplinkanddownlink.Inparticular,theLinklevel
dataforuplinkprovidesEb/Norequirements,whereasdownlinkdatadefinetheEc/Ior
requirements.Itisuser'sresponsibilitytochooseanappropriatesetofdata.General
81
workspaceconsistencycheckwillcheckforLinkdirectionandcheckifthefrequency
differencebetweentheoperatingfrequencyandthenominalfrequencyoftheLink
leveldatasetiswithin100MHz.
Note:TheparameterscontainedintheLinkLevelDataarebasedondatasuppliedby
manufacturersanditisnotadvisedtochangethemunlesstheuserisconfidentwith
thenewdata.Furthermore,newLinkLevelDatawillautomaticallybeuploaded
whenopeningaworkspacecontainingdifferentLinkLevelDatathanthedefaultone.
Uplink
TargetNoiseRise
Mobilestation
maximumtransmit
power
Mobilestation
powercontrol
range
PCConvergence
precision
Downlink
BaseStationPilot
ChannelFraction
BaseStation
OverheadChannel
Fraction
BaseStation
maximum
BroadcastPower
BaseStation
maximumtraffic
channelpower
Successthreshold
Thisthresholdisbeingcomparedtothetotalnetworknoiseriseoverthermalnoiseof
referencecellasanindicatorofsystemloadThenoiseriseismeasuredasthelinear
averageofdBvaluesacrossall19/57basestations.
SpecifiedindBm
(max_MS_Pw_Tx).
ComponentoftheULpowercontrolscheme.SpecifiedindBsothattheminimum
MobileStationTXpoweristhereforemax_MS_Pw_TxMS_PC_RangedBm.
Intheuplink,eachmobilestationperfectlyachievesthetargetC/I,Eb/N0_target,
duringthepowercontrolloopconvergence,assumingthatthemaximumtransmit(TX)
power,max_MS_Tx_Pw,isnotexceeded.Thosemobilestationsnotabletoachieve
Eb/N0_targetafterconvergenceofthepowercontrolloopareconsideredinoutage.
Thepowercontrolloopisconsideredtoconvergewhenallmobilestationsarewithin
themax_MS_Tx_PwandtheirTxpowerisadjustedbylessthanthePCconvergence
precisionvalueforthelastpowerbalancingiteration.(note:thetermlinearwillbe
removedinfuturereleasesofSEAMCAT).
PercentageofmaxBSpowerallocatedtopilot.
PercentageofmaxBSpowerallocatedtooverheadchannels(paging,etc.).
SpecifiedindBm.
Percentageofthemaximumallowablebroadcastpower(pertraff.chan.perBS).The
maximumallowabletrafficchannelpoweriscomparedtothecalculatedtransmit
trafficchannelpowerlevelswithrespecttotheEc/Iorlinkleveldataforiterative
adjustmentintheDLpowercontrol.
Thresholdtodetermineperfectlinkquality.
Table4:GeneralCDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT
Note:ThevaluesusedinFigure97aregivenasexamplesbutwouldneedtobetunedfortheparticularscenariothatis
beingsimulatedandmoredetailedcanbefoundinpublicationssuchas[6],[4]or[5].
82
10.2.4
Positioning
ItshouldbenotedthatSEAMCATpositioningcomponentshavebeenbasedona3GPP2hexagonalgrid.Thefollowing
figuresillustratesthedifferencesbetween3GPPand3GPP2.InsomeECCReportsinvolving3GPPsimulation[4][5],the
followingnotations,asshowinFigure98,areused:
CellRadius=R
CellRange=2R
BStoBSdistance=3R
Figure98:IllustrationoftheCellRadius,CellRangeandBStoBSdistance
accordingto3GPPterminology.
Thefollowingnotations,asshowninFigure99,areusedwithinSEAMCAT(3GPP2based):
CellRadius=R
CellRange=h=sqrt(R2
R2/4)
BStoBSdistance=2h
Figure99:IllustrationoftheCellRadius,CellRangeandBStoBSdistance
accordingto3GPP2terminologyandimplementedinSEAMCAT
SEAMCATR=
h=
DistanceBStoBS(2h)=
CellRange(2R)=
UrbanCase
433m
375m
750m=3R
500m(3GPP)
RuralCase
4330m
3750m
7500m
5000m(3GPP)
Table5:Exampleofthedistancesrelationshipbetween3GPPandSEAMCAT
TheSEAMCATGUIfortheCDMApositioningispresentedinFigure100.
Figure100:ExampleofSEAMCATGUIforthecellradius.
83
10.2.5
InitialCapacity
The capacity of the simulated system isdependenton all other settings and cannot always be easily deduced from
these.ThereforeSEAMCAThasafeaturethatallowsforautomaticdeterminationofcapacity.Thisisalsoknownas
simulationofnoninterferedcapacityandisenabledbydefault.Figure101showsthesettingsusedtoconfigurethe
capacityandTable6providesdetaileddescriptionsforalltheparameters.
Figure101:CDMAcapacitysettings
Parameter
1
Simulate
non
interfered
capacity
2Users
percell
3Delta
usersper
cell
4
Numberof
trials
5
Tolerance
ofinitial
outage
6Target
noiserise
precision
Description
Togglesautomaticcapacityfinding.
Iftheoptimalcapacityforthecurrentscenarioisknown(thisisoftenthecasewhen
runningconsecutivesimulationswiththesamesystem)thereisnoneedtosimulate
asthesimulationprocesscanbequitelengthy.
WhenthischeckboxisdisabledSEAMCATusesthevalueenteredin2Usersper
cellasthecapacitypercell.
Ifcapacitysimulationisenabledthisindicatesthestartingpointofthesimulation.Selectingtheright
startingpointcanspeedupthecapacityfindingprocess.
IfcapacitysimulationisdisabledthevalueinthisfieldistheactualvalueusedbySEAMCAT.
SEAMCATdoesNOTchangethisinputvalueintotheresultofthesimulation!
UserspercellisequaltoUEperBaseStation.SEAMCATconsiderseachBaseStationasits
owncell.
WhenSEAMCATtriestofindtheoptimalcapacityitadjuststhenumberofUEspercellstartingwith
thisvalue.Apropervalueherecanspeedupthecapacityfindingprocess.
WhenfindingtheoptimalcapacitySEAMCATrunsthismany(i.e.Numberoftrials)snapshotsfor
everyvalueofUEspercellbeforedecidingwhetherornotthecurrentvalueistheoptimalcapacity.
Generallylargernumbersmeangreaterprecisionbutalsolongertimeneededbythealgorithm.
DownlinkonlyThetoleranceofinitialoutageisthepercentageofUEsthatcanbedroppedbefore
SEAMCATdeterminesthatthetestednumberofUEscannotfitintothesystem(i.e.20user_per_cell
*19BS=380UEs,if5%orlessof380UEsaredropped,thesystemisconsideredableto
handle/service20UEspercell).
SEAMCATwilladjustthevalueofUEspercelluntilavalueisfoundforwhich80%ofthespecified
numberoftrialsareabletohandlethetestednumberofUEspercell.
ThisparameterallowsforUEsinextremepathlosssituationstobeignoredfromtheoptimal
capacityfinding.
Uplinkonlytheprecisionusedwhencomparingthenoiseriseofthefilledsystemwithtargetnoise
risesetundertheLinkSpecifictab(uplinkpartofgeneraltabin3.1.x).
Table6:CDMACapacitysettingsparameters
84
10.2.6
Referencecell
PartofconfiguringaCDMAnetworkisselectingthereferencecell.Thereferencecell(Figure102)isusedbySEAMCAT
tomeasureresultsandallnonreferencecellsareusedtoprovideaproperinterferencebackgroundtothereference
cell.
Figure102:Referencecellselection.
Note:whenMeasureinterferencefromentireclusterischecked,allthetransmittersareusedwhensimulatingthe
interference(i.e.allthe19/57BSoralltheUEsinallthecells).Whenitisnotchecked,itisonlythereferencecellwhich
istheinterferer.ThisfeatureonlyapplieswhenaCDMAnetworkisthesourceofinterference.
85
10.3
CDMASimulationparts
10.3.1
Capacityfinding
WhenstartingasimulationinvolvingoneormoreCDMAsystemsSEAMCATwillbeginbycheckingifanyoftheCDMA
systemshavetheSimulatenoninterferedcapacityfeatureenabled(thisisthedefaultsetting).
Thepurposeofthisistofindthenoninterferedcapacitysystemwiththecurrentconfiguration.Thecapacityisfound
bygraduallyfillingsystemwithuserswhilemeasuringsystemoutage.Foreverynumberofusersacertainnumberof
trials are run and then the number of successful trials is compared to a predefined success criterion. In current
versiononlythenumberoftrialsisconfigurablebyusersuccesscriterionisfixedat80%.Thismeansthatoptimal
capacityofadownlinksystemisdefinedasthecapacitywhichthesystemisableservewithoutanyoutagein80%of
trials.
Note: This step can be quite time consuming. See Annex 13 to get a detailed description on how SEAMCAT
determinesoptimalcapacityusingthevaluesfromFigure101.
ForeachCDMAsystemneedingtohaveitsoptimalcapacitysimulatedthescreenshowninFigure103andFigure104
willappearforuplinkandfordownlinksystemsrespectively.
Figure103:NoninterferedcapacityfindingUplink(See:Table7)
ID
1
Description
Thisdialindicatesthenumberoftrialscompletedwiththecurrentcapacity.Thisdialwillrangefrom
0tothenumberoftrialsenteredasvalue4onFigure101.
Thisdialindicatesthecurrentnumberofusersbeingtested.Rangeisdynamicandthedialismainly
intendedasaneasyvisualindicatorofvaluesbeingtested.
3UL
InuplinkSEAMCATtriestofindthenumberofusersthatprovideanaveragenoiserisewiththe
specifiedthreshold.Theneedleshowsthecurrentvalueofaveragenoiseriseacrossthetrialsrun.
Theredareaindicatesthenoiseriseistoolow(toofewusersinthesystem)thegreenareaisthe
targetnoiserise(plus/minus)thetolerancespecified.Theyellowareaindicatestheaveragenoise
riseistoohigh(toomanyusersinthesystem).
Note:NoiseriseismeasuredasthelinearaverageofdBvaluesacrossall19/57basestations
AftereverytrialSEAMCATcalculatestheaveragenoiseriseoverthetotalnumberoftrialsandifthis
valueisabovethethresholdrestartsthesimulationwithalowervalueofuserspercell.
4UL
Thebarchartgivesinformationonpreviousvaluestested.TheYaxisistheaveragenoiseriseandthe
Xaxisisthenumberofuserspercellbeingtested.
Table7:Elementsoftheuplinknoninterferedcapacityfindingscreen
86

Figure104:NoninterferedcapacityfindingDownlink(See:Table8)
ID
1
2
3DL
4DL
Description
Thisdialindicatesthenumberoftrialscompletedwiththecurrentcapacity.Thisdialwillrangefrom
0tothenumberoftrialsenteredasvalue4onFigure101.
Note:SEAMCATdoesnotalwayssimulateallthetrialstargetis80%successandifforexample5
outof20havealreadyfailedSEAMCATdoesnotsimulatetherestofthetrials.
Thisdialindicatesthecurrentnumberofusersbeingtested.Rangeisdynamicandthedialismainly
intendedasaneasyvisualindicatorofvaluesbeingtested.
IndownlinkSEAMCATtriestofindthenumberofusersthatcanfitintothesystemin80%ofthe
trials.Theredareaindicatesthatlessthan80%hasbeenreached(i.e.toomanyusersinthesystem
ornotalltrialsyetcomplete)thegreenareais80%(16trialswiththedefaultsettings).Theyellow
areaindicatesthatmorethan80%ofthetrialsaresuccessful(toofewusersinthesystem).SEAMCAT
stopswhenthisdialstopsinthegreenareaafteralltrialscompleted.
SEAMCATtriestodetectwhennomoretrialswithatestedvalueisneededtoadjusttothenext
value.
Example:If40userspercellarebeingtestedfor20trialsandthefirst5trialsareunsuccessfulitisnot
possibletoreach80%successrateandthereisnoneedtosimulatethelast15trials.Regardlessof
theresultofthelast15trialsSEAMCATwillconcludethatfeweruserspercellareneeded.Ifmore
than80%successrateisreachedbeforealltrialsaresimulated,thereisnoneedtosimulatetherest
ofthetrials.
Thebarchartgivesinformationonpreviousvaluestested.TheYaxisisthenumberofsuccessful
trialsandtheXaxisisthenumberofuserspercellbeingtested.Thisgivesinsightintohowthe
algorithmoscillatestofindtheoptimalcapacity.
IntheexampleSEAMCATfirsttested20userspercellandafter17successfultrials(lessthan5%of
usersweredropped)decidedtotestuserspercell+thespecifiedvaluefordeltauserspercell(20)=
40userspercell.Whentestingwith40userspercellSEAMCATdidnotfindanysuccessfultrialsand
adjustedthedeltauserspercellvaluebydividingwith2andsubtractingthisvaluefromusersper
cell.Whentestingwith30userspercellstillnosuccessfultrialswerefoundanduserspercellwas
againadjustedwithamodifieddeltaperusersvalueleadingtoauserspercellvalueof25being
tested.
Table8:Elementsofthedownlinknoninterferedcapacityfindingscreen.
87
10.3.2
Snapshotsimulation
OnceSEAMCAThasdeterminedthenumberofUEspercell(eitherthroughsimulationofoptimalcapacity(seeFigure
103forULandFigure104forDL)orbyavaluespecifiedbytheuser)theactualsimulationofsnapshotsbegins.As
withallscenariosthiscausesSEAMCATtoshowthescenariooutline(Figure105forULandFigure106forDL).
Figure105:Example:CDMAUplinkasvictimBasestationsareshownasVr(severalsnapshotsaredisplayed)
Figure106:Example:CDMADownlinkasvictimBasestationsareshownasWt(1snapshotdisplayedhereonly)
Note:OnlyCDMAbasestationswillappearintheScenariooutlinegraph.Dependentonthescenariothebasestations
positioningwillappearasshowninTable9.
88
Scenario
configuration
BSrole
CDMADownlink
isvictim
Wanted
Transmitter
UErole
Positioning
Victim
Receiver
Illustration
Referencecellis
positionedin
(0,0)
CDMAUplinkis
victim
VictimReceiver
Wanted
Transmitter
Referencecellis
positionedin
(0,0)
CDMADownlink
isinterferer
Interfering
Transmitter
Wanted
Receiver
Relativeto
victimand
referencecell
CDMAUplinkis
interferer
Wanted
Receiver
Interfering
Transmitter
Relativeto
victimand
referencecell
Table9:SEAMCATroleofCDMAelements
Note:WhenCDMAsimulationsaredone,thedRSScalculationisperformedbySEAMCATasshowninFigure107.
Figure107:Simulationsummary
89
10.4
Results
OnceSEAMCAThascompletedthesimulation,theresultsareshownasdisplayedinFigure108andFigure109when
theCDMAnetworkisthevictim.Thefigurespresentthedifferencebetweenthe2steppowerbalancingprocess(1
initialpowerbalancing,2powerbalancingafterintroductionofanexternalinterference)
Units:numberofconnectedUEs.
Initialcapacity:NumberofconnectedUEsbeforeanyexternalinterferenceisconsidered.
Interferedcapacity:ResultsafterExternalinterferenceisapplied.
Excessoutage,users:HowmanyUEsweredroppedduetoexternalinterference.
Outagepercentage(Figure109):PercentageofUEsdroppedduetoexternalinterference.
Note:WhenCDMAisinterfererandthevictimisclassic/traditional(i.e.nonCDMA)link,therearenospecialCDMA
results(exceptinsightintotheCDMAnetworksimulatedforthelastsnapshot).
Figure108:CDMAReferencecellcapacityresults
Figure109:CDMAReferencecelloutage
90
AmoredetaileddescriptiononhowthecapacitylossiscomputedispresentedasshowninFigure110.
Figure110:CDMAVictimresults
The values shown are saved in a vector called CDMA System capacity (i.e. to be understood as CDMA network
capacity)andcanbeaccessedasshowninFigure111.
Note:usersarewarnednottoclickonthevaluecell.Thisisaknownbugwhichwillpreventusersfromviewingthe
vectorresult.ThiswillbecorrectedinfutureSEAMCATversions.
Figure111:AccesstoCDMAcapacityresults
91
11
OFDMASIMULATION
Note:Atthetimeofprintingthemanual,theimplementationoftheOFDMAmoduleinSEAMCATwasstillunderthe
test and calibration phase. Nevertheless, this section provides users with the necessary information on the
methodologyused,itsassumptionsandtheGUIaswellashowtosetuptheOFDMAsimulation.Thismodulewillbe
releasedaspartoftheversionSEAMCAT3.2.
11.1
Introduction
The simulation of OFDMA systems is similar to that of the CDMA systems, except that after the overall twotiers
cellularsystemstructure(incl.wraparound)isbuiltandpopulatedwithmobiles,theCDMApowertuningprocessis
replacedinOFDMAcasewithaniterativeprocessofassigningavariablenumberoftrafficsubcarriersandcalculating
theoverallcarriedtrafficperbasestation.
ThecurrentOFDMAmodulehasbeendesignedforaLongTermEvolution(LTE)networkfrom3GPP[10].ThereforeE
UTRA RF coexistence studies can be performed with MonteCarlo simulation methodology. The detailed simulation
flow for DL and UL can be found in Annex 14. Further modules are planned for the future to allow for different
OFDMAtechnologies,suchasWiMAX.
11.2
Methodologyandassumptions
The general simulation assumptions are presented in this section to provide a guideline on how to perform the
coexistencesimulation.ThisOFDMALTEalgorithmisonlyvalidfora100%loadedsystemandeachuserisallocated
withafixednumberofresourceblocks.ThisisequivalenttomodellingaRoundRobinschedulerwithfullbuffertraffic
modelandafrequencyreuseof1/1(i.e.SingleFrequencyNetworkisassumed).Moreover,EUTRAsystemisassumed
to be a fully orthogonal system, which indicates that in the UL case only UEs allocated with the same subcarriers
(frequencyresourceblock)couldintroduceothercell,intrasysteminterference.
The network layout is similar to the one used for CDMA. The methodology assumes that the UEs are deployed
randomlyinthewholenetworkregionaccordingtoauniformgeographicaldistribution.Thewraparoundtechniqueis
employedtoremovethenetworkdeploymentedgeeffects.
Note that if the OFDMA is a DL interferer, the OFDMA is simulated as in traditional simulation with the BSs
transmittingat full power. This decreasesthe simulation time of a full OFDMA simulation. InOFDMADL interferer,
only the position of the BSs will be calculated because full transmit power is assumed. For all other simulations
(includingUL)scenariosfullOFDMAnetworksimulationisrequired.Consequently,someoftheinputparameterofthe
GUIinterfacehavebeengreyoutwhentheOFDMADLinterferercaseisselected(seeFigure121).
Since it is arguable that some simulation assuming a rural environment would not need to assume full power
transmission(i.e.fullloadednetwork)whenthesystemisDLandinterferer,theusermayneedtomanipulateeither
theinputpowerorthespectrummask(orboth)inordertosimulatetheDLinterferercaseforruraldeployment.
92
11.2.1
DLC/Icalculation
TherelationshipbetweenthecontributorsoftheinterferenceinaOFDMAnetworkisillustratedinFigure112
BS2
BS1
Wt
Iinter
dRSS
adj.cell
Ref.cell
Vr
IT
Iext =iRSS
Figure112:IllustrationoftheinterferencemechanismintheOFDMAmodulewheretheintersystemoralsocalled
selfinterferenceisnotedIinterandtheinterferencefromanexternalinterferencesystemisreferredtoasIext.
InthisSEAMCATOFDMAimplementation,thetermBSandcellhavethesamemeaning.TheC/IcalculationinDLis
calculatedas
C/I
C ( j, k )
I ( j, k )
whereC(j,k)isthereceivedpoweratthekthuserfromtheservingBS,i.e.,thejthBS
UE
C ( j , k ) PBS
pathloss ( BS j ,UE j , k )
C ( j , k ) dRSS ( BS j ,UE j ,k )
UE
andwhere PBS isthepowerofresourceblockand
pathloss( BS j ,UE j , k ) max pathloss, MCL .Notethat
thepath lossincludesshadowing.
I(j,k)isthesumoftheinterferencepower(powerofresourceblock*pathlossincludingshadowing)
I ( j , k ) I inter ( j , k ) I ext ( j , k ) N t
which consists of adjacent cell interference Iinter (j,k) (from the same victim system, i.e. denoted intersystem
interference)
I inter ( j , k )
N cell
l 1,l j
UE
BS
pathloss( BSl ,UE j ,k ) ,
theinterferencefromexternalinterferingsystem(s)inadjacentchannelIext(j,k)(interferencepowerintothisresource
block including ACIR). The ACIR (Adjacent Channel Interference Ratio) is implicitly taken into account when both
unwantedandblockingmechanismaresummedinthecomputation
I ext ( j , k )
N External _ cell
iRSS
m 1
unwanted
( BS m ,UE j ,k ) iRSS blocking ( BS m ,UE j ,k )
where
iRSS unwanted ( BS m , UE j ,k ) iRSS unwanted (over the size of the UE resource blocks)
foreachoftheUEsfrequencywheretheDLinformationisreceivedand
iRSS blocking ( BS m , UE j ,k ) iRSS blocking (over system bandwidth)

atthevictimsystemfrequency.
93

whereNisthenumberofRBs(i.e.subcarriers)requestedperUE,andMisthemaximumnumberofRBsperBSand
whereNexternalcellisthenumberofexternalinterferingBSs.
andthethermalnoiseNt
N t 10^ ((174 10 log10(bandwith of N RBs) NoiseFigureUE ) / 10)
whereNisthenumberofRBsscheduledtoaUE.
11.2.2
ULC/Icalculation
TheC/IcalculationinULiscalculatedsothatC(j,k)isthereceivedpowerfromtheUEj,katthejthBS.
C ( j , k ) Pt ( j , k ) pathloss (UE j ,k , BS j )
C ( j , k ) dRSS (UE j , k , BS j )
wherePtisthetransmitpoweroftheUEindBm(seeULPowercontrolbelow).
SimilarlytoDL,theinterferenceisderivedfrom
I ( j, k ) I inter ( j, k ) I ext ( j , k ) N t
where Iext is the interference coming from UEs of the same system but from adjacent cells (i.e. the intersystem
interference from other cells). Since a fully orthogonal system is assumed, only UEs which transmit in the same
frequencysubcarrierswillintroduceinterferencetoeachother,henceonlyUEsinothercellswiththesamekindex
areconsidered.
I inter ( j , k )
N cell
P (l , k ) pathloss(UE
l 1, l j
l,k
, BS j )
whereIextistheinterferencefromexternalinterferingUEs.
I ext ( j , k )
N External _ cell K
iRSS
m 1
blocking
(UEm, v , BS j ) iRSSunwanted (UEm , v , BS j )
whereKisthenumberofUEsintheexternalinterferingcellsandthenumberofexternalcellsislimitedtoNExternalcell
andthethermalnoiseNt.
N t 10^ ((174 10 log10(bandwith of N RBs) NoiseFigureBS ) / 10)

11.2.3
ULPowercontrol
InOFDMAUL,powercontrolisappliedtotheactiveusers(i.e.theuserswithspecificRBs)sothattheUETxpoweris
adjustedwithrespecttothepathlosstotheBSitisconnectedto.In3GPP[10],theULpowercontrolisdefinedso
thattheUEtransmitpowerissetsuchas:
PL

Pt Pmax min 1, max Rmin ,
PLx ile
where Pt is the UE Tx power in dBm, Pmax is the maximum transmit power in dBm, Rmin is the minimum power
reductionratiotopreventUEswithgoodchannelstotransmitatverylowpowerlevel.RminissetbyPmin/Pmax.PLis
thepathlossindBfortheUEfromitsservingBSandPLxileisthexpercentilepathloss(plusshadowing)value.PLxile
isdefinedhereasthevalueintheCDF,whichisgreaterthanthepathlossofxpercentoftheMSsinthecellfromthe
BS(i.e.itcorrespondstotheparameterpowerScaleThreshold)
Withthispowercontrolscheme,the1xpercentofUEsthathaveapathlossgreaterthanPLxilewilltransmitatPmax,
i.e.arenotpowercontrolled.InSEAMCAT,isassumedtoequal1.
94
11.2.4
OFDMALTELinktosystemlevelmapping
Alookuptableisusedtomapthroughputintermsofspectralefficiency(bpsperHz)withrespecttocalculatedSNIR
(= C/I) (dB) level. This link leve data (bitrate mapping) is user selectable and can be modified depending on the
simulationtoperform.
Throughput, bps/Hz
Shannon
DL
UL
4
3
2
1
0
-15
-10
-5
5
SNIR, dB
10
15
20
25
Figure113:ThroughputvsSNIRforBaselineEUTRACoexistenceStudies(source:[10])
Theachievedbitrateiscalculatedasfollows:
BiteRatekbps
11.3
N Subcarriers _ per _ UE
N total _ subcarriers
xbps / Hz SINR BWMHz bps _ to _ kbps _ conversion
SettingupsimulationforOFDMAasVictimlink
Figure 114 presents the SEAMCAT GUI where the user can select either CDMA or OFDMA and where the ACS
(AdjacentChannelSelectivity)canbesetupforthevictimlink.
Figure114:SEAMCATinterfacetoselecttheLTEOFDMAmoduleanditsACSvalueasavictim(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
11.3.1
GeneralOFDMATab
The dialogue window of Figure 115 is used to define the necessary parameters for modelling the OFDMA system.
Theseparametershavebeendividedintoseveralrelatedgroupseachcalledbyaseparatesubsheettab.
95

Figure115:GeneralOFDMAinputparameterstoSEAMCAT(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
ThegeneralsettingfortheOFDMADLandULaresimilar.
Parameter
Description
OFDMALink
ThetypeofOFDMASystem.Thereareconsiderabledifferencesbetweenmodellingof
component
uplinkandadownlinkinOFDMAsystem.SeeSection11.2.4foramoredetailed
explanationofdifferences.
SINRMinimum
LowerboundaryofSINRtotakeintoaccountinthesimulation.InDL,anyUEwithaC/I
lowerthantheSINRminimumwillbedisconnectedrightaway.InUL,theUEwillget
taggedwithadisconnectflag.Foraspecificthreshold(Maximumalloweddisconnection
attemptsseeTable12)ofdisconnection,theUEisremovedfromthecell.
Maxsubcarriersper NumberofavailableResourceBlocks(RBs)perBS
BaseStation
Numberof
NumberofRBsperUE
subcarriersper
mobile
HandoverMargin
Specifiesthemaximumdifference,indB,betweenthelinksinusersactivelist.Theactual
activelistselectionisbasedonpathlosscalculations.
Minimumcoupling Theminimumpathloss,specifiedindB,suchaspathloss=max(pathloss,MCL)
loss
Systembandwidth
SpecifiedinMHz
Equipmentspecificnoisefigureofreceiver,specifiedindB
ReceiverNoise
Figure
BandwidthofRBs
SpecifiedinMHz
LinkLevelData
Traffic(i.e.bitrate)perUE.DropdownselectionofLinkleveldatalookup2dimensions
functionsfromLibrary.TheOFDMALinkleveldatahasthesameformatsforuplinkand
downlinkbutwithdifferentvalues.Itistheuser'sresponsibilitytochooseanappropriate
setofdata.
Table10:GeneralOFDMAlinksettings.
96
11.3.2
LinkSpecifictab
Figure116:SettinguptheOFDMADL(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
Parameter
BaseStationMaximum
transmitpower
Description
SpecifiedindBm
Table11:ParameterofthelinkspecificforOFDMADL
Figure117:SettinguptheOFDMAUL(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
Parameter
Maximumalloweddisconnection
attempts
Minimumtransmitpowerof
mobile
Maximumallowedtransmitpower
ofmobile
PowerScalingThreshold
Description
Whenthenumberofdisconnectionattemptisgreaterthanthis
threshold,thenthemobileisdisconnected.ThismeansthattheUEis
removedfromtheservedUElistofthatBS,TheBSismarkedwithgot
sparecapacityandtheUEisaddedtothedisconnectedUElist.
Minimumtransmitpowerusedinthepowercontrol.
TransmitpoweroftheUE
Usedinthecalculationofthepathlosslimitforthepowercontrol.Itis
alimitthresholdcomparedtothevalueoftheCDFusedinthepower
control(seesection10.2.3)
Table12:ParameterofthelinkspecificforOFDMAUL
11.3.3
Capacity
Figure118:SettingupthecapacityoftheOFDMAsimulation(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
97
Parameter
Userbasestation
Description
Defineshowmanymobilespercellshouldbegeneratedinthesystem.ForeachBS,
eachUEwillbeaddedtoservedUElistofthatBS.Dependingonthepropagationor
handoverconditions,aUEwilleitherremainconnectedtotheBSorwillbe
disconnected.
Table13:ParameterforthecapacityofOFDMA(eitherULorDL)
11.3.4
PathLossCorrelation
The concept of a simple correlation model for shadow fading has been widely adopted in LTE coexistence studies
mostly employed in uplink case. The propagation attenuation is modelled as the product of the path loss and the
shadowfading.Theshadowfadingiswellapproximatedbyalognormaldistribution[12].Letzdenotesshadowfading
indBwithzeromeanandvariance2.ThentheshadowfadingofpathfromoneUEtotheithBSisexpressedas
z i ax by i ,where a 2 b 2 1 and x and y i areindependentGaussiandistributedvariables,bothwithzero

meanandvariance2. y i and y j for i j areindependentaswell.Figure119presentshowtosetupthepathloss
correlationinSEAMCAT(onlyavailableforOFDMA).
Figure119:PathlosscorrelationinterfaceforOFDMAsimulation(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
Thus,thecorrelationcoefficientoftheshadowfadingfromoneUEtotwodifferentBSs,i.e.,the i thand j thBS,is
( z i z j )
2
( z i )
a 2 .InmostLTEstudies, a b
1
2
isassumed[10].
Forcellularsystemswiththreesectorantennas,theshadowingcorrelationbetweensites(equivalenttoBSinOmni
antennasystem)isof0.5andcorrelationbetweensectorsofthesamesiteisconsequentlyof1.
11.3.5
Othertabs
Note: The System Layout tab, Positioning tab and Propagation Model tab are shared components with the CDMA
module.ThereforepleaseconsulttheCDMAsectionforfurtherdetail.
11.4
SettingupsimulationforOFDMAasInterferinglink
Figure120presentstheSEAMCATGUIwheretheusercanselecteitherCDMAorOFDMAandwheretheUnwanted
EmissionMask(ACLR)canbesetupfortheinterferinglink.
98
Figure120:SEAMCATinterfacetoselecttheLTEOFDMAmoduleanditsUnwantedEmissionMask(ACLR)valueas
aninterferer(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
Figure121:SettinguptheOFDMADLasinterferer.
Notethatonlythesystembandwidthisneededinthisconfiguration(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
Note:DependingonthedirectionoftheinterferingOFDMAlinktobesimulated,theusershouldpayattentiontothe
emissionbandwidthoftheunwantedemissionmaskandthesystembandwidth.
WhenaDLsimulationisconsidered,theunwantedemissionmaskcorrespondstotheBStransmittingoverall
theRBs(i.e.theemissionbandwidthisthesameastheSystemBandwidthinputfromFigure121)
WhenaULisconsidered,theunwantedemissionmaskcorrespondstotheUEtransmittingoveranumberof
RBs(i.e.theemissionbandwidthisequaltotheRBbandwidthxNumberofRBs,whilethesystembandwidth
isequaltothetotalRBsxRBbandwidth)
99
Figure121presentsthesetupoftheOFDMADLasaninterferer.Notethatonlythesystembandwidthisneededin
thisconfiguration.TherestofthetabsarenotdisplayedinthishandbooksincetheyarethesameasfortheVictim
link.
WhentheDLisselectedasinterferertheGeneral,LinkSpecificandPositioningtabisactivatedinordertospeedup
thesimulation(seesection11.2).
Figure122presentstheinterfacetoselectthecharacteristicsoftheinterfererstothevictim.Inthecasewherethe
victimsystemisaULOFDMA,thismeansthatanyinterfererhasadegreeapathloss(shadowing)correlationtowards
eachofthesectorsofaBSasdecribedinsection11.3.4.Thiscanbesetupbytheuserwhenselectingthetab#3.Tabs
#1and#2arestandardtabs.
Figure122:SEAMCATinterfacetoselectthecharacteristicsoftheinterfererstothevictim.Thepathlosscorrelation
isonlyactivatedwhenaLTEOFDMAULissimulated(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI).
11.5
Outputparameters
TheresultsoftheOFDMAsimulationaregivenintermsofcapacity/throughputlossoftheOFDMAvictim.Figure123
presentsanoverviewofthesimulationresults.Thewindowhasbeendividedin4areas.
#1presentstheevolutionoftheachievedbitrateinthereferencecellpersnapshot(orevent),
#2presentstheevolutionoftheachievedbiterateforthewholesystemperevent.
#3allowstheusertoextractvariousvectorsforpostanalysis.Thesevectorsarefortheachievedbitrate(with
or without external interference) and the cell capacity (i.e. the number of active users per cell) with or
withoutinterferenceforthereferencecellorthewholesystem.
#4presentsasummaryoftheaverageofthecapacityandbitratelossexpressedinpercentageforboththe
reference cell and the entire OFDMA network (i.e. the whole system). The percentage calculation is
performedforeachsnapshotandthemeanofthepercentageoverallthesnaphsotsisdeduced.
100
Figure123:OverviewoftheOFDMAsimulationresults(Ver.3.2.0betaGUI)
101
12
12.1
EXAMPLETETRAMSINTERFERERSTHEBSOFTHEANALOGUEFMPMR
Scenariooverview
Thissectionprovidesanexampleofsharingstudiesincludingananalysisofa TETRAMSinterferingwithanFMBS,
basedontheinformationprovidedintheERCReport104onAdjacentBandCompatibilityOf400MHzTETRAAnd
AnalogueFMPMR An Analysis Completed UsingMONTE CARLO Based SimulationTool. This scenario involves a
population of TETRA mobile stations interfering with a victim FM base station as shown in Figure 124. In all of the
simulationsthevictimFMsystemisassumedtohavea7.8kmcellradiuswhichprovidesa90%areaavailability.
dRSS
7.8km
iRSS
FM
Mobile Station
Wanted Transmitter
FM
Base Station
Victim Receiver
TETRA
Mobile Station
Interfering Transmitter
TETRA
Base Station
Wanted Receiver
Figure124:Scenarioofthesimulation
Figure125illustratesthebandplanassumedforthisinvestigation.2MHzofspectrumhasbeenallocatedtotheup
linkofTETRAanddirectlyadjacenttothis,2MHzhasbeenallocatedtoFM.
TETRA
MS TX
410
FM BS
RX
412
414 MHz
Figure125:BandallocationsofTETRAMSandFMBSsystems
ThepurposeofthisexampleofsimulationistouseSEAMCATtoobtaintheprobabilityofinterferenceresultingfrom
unwantedemissionsoftheTETRAMobileStationsfallingatthefrequencywheretheFMBaseStationisoperating.
102
12.2
12.2.1
Characteristicsofthesystems
VictimlinkcharacteristicsFM
ThevictimFMsystemisassumedtohavea7.8kmcellradiuswhichprovidesa90%areaavailability.Thereception
bandwidthoftheFMBSvictimreceiverisequalto8kHz.BasedoninformationprovidedinERCReport104forFM
systembasedon12.5kHzchannelspacing,thefollowingcharacteristicsareusedtodescribetheFMequipment:
MobileStation
BaseStation
ChannelSpacing
12.5kHz
12.5kHz
TransmitPower
37dBm
Parameter
ReceiverBandwidth
8kHz
44dBm
8kHz
AntennaHeight
1.5m
30m
AntennaGain
0dBi
9dBi
Variable
Variable
107dBm
21dB
110dBm
21dB
Notused
Notused
ActiveInterfererDensityRange
ReceiverSensitivity
ReceiverProtectionCriterion(C/I)
PowerControlCharacteristic
Table14:Parametersassumedfor12.5kHzFMsystems
Note1:Thisexerciseassumesthatthethermalnoise(N)issmallcomparedtotheinterferingsignal(I).
Note2:TheNoiseFloorcanbeobtainedusingthefollowingequation(seeERCReport68[7]):
NoiseFloor=SensitivityReceiverProtectionRatio
FrequencyOffset
BaseStation
Anyfrequency
23dBm
Table15:Receiverblockingfor12.5kHzFMsystems
12.2.2
InterferinglinkcharacteristicsTETRA
TheinterferingTETRAsystemisassumedtohavea18kHzemissionbandwidthandachannelspacingwhichisequal
to25kHz.Thedistributionintermsoffrequencyuseoverthe2MHzbandistakenasauniformdistribution,where
each channel is being assigned the same probability. Based on information provided in ERC Report 104 for TETRA
systembasedon25kHzchannelspacing,thefollowingcharacteristicsareusedtodescribetheTETRAequipments:
103
Parameter
BaseStation
MobileStation
ChannelSpacing
25kHz
25kHz
TransmitPower
30dBm
40dBm
ReceiverBandwidth
18kHz
18kHz
AntennaHeight
1.5m
30m
AntennaGain
0dBi
11dBi
Variable
Variable
ReceiverSensitivity
103dBm
106dBm
ReceiverProtection
Criterion(C/I)
19dB
19dB
5dBstepstoamaximumof15
dB.Threshold=86dBm
Notused
ActiveInterfererDensity
Range
PowerControl
Characteristic
Table16:ParametersusedtomodeltheTETRAsystems
FrequencyOffset
30dBmMobile
Station
Attenuationin
dBc
25kHz
30dBm
60
50kHz
36dBm
66
75kHz
36dBm
66
100250kHz
45dBm
75
250500kHz
50dBm
80
70dBm
100
>500kHz
Table17:UnwantedemissionsforTETRAsystems(measurementbandwidthof18kHz)(interferingtransmitter)
12.3
Assumptions
Startingfromthecharacteristicsprovidedabove,somereferencehypothesismightbeusedtoobtainafirstsetof
results.
12.3.1
DistributionoftheMobileStations(MS)andpropagationmodel
Itisassumedthatallmobilestationsarelocateduniformlydistributedintheareasaroundtheirbasestations.For
worstcaseconsiderationaruralareamaybeassumed.
12.3.2
TETRAnetwork
A2MHzbandisavailableforTETRAsystemsof25kHzchannelspacing,thereforeatotalof80channelsareavailable.
ItissupposedthatonlyoneTETRAMSterminalmayusethesamefrequencyatagiventime.
The frequency cluster is taken equal to 9, this leads to have 80/9 = 8.88 frequencyper cell available. Then up to9
terminalsmaybedeployedinaTETRAcell.
If the TETRA cell is a traffic limited network and the density of terminals is equal to 5terminals per km, then the
coverageradiusisgivenbythefollowingformula(seeERCReport68orUserDocumentation):
Thelevelofunwantedemissionsissupposedtobeconstantforfrequencyoffsethigherthan500kHz
104
wt
Rmax
nchannels nuserperchannel
R=sqrt((80*1)/(3.14*5*9))=0.7523km.
dens max cluster frequency
Theradiusofthecelloftheinterferingsystemisgivenby
Figure126describesaTETRAnetworkbasedontheaboveassumptions.
f28f36
f1f9
f55f63
f10f18
f1f9
R=0.7523km
f64f72
f19f27
Fre
TETRA
Based Station
que
f73f80
f37f45
f10f18
f46f54
nc y
TETRA
Mobile Station
c lu
f1f9
ste
r
f19f27
of
Figure126:TETRAnetworkbasedontheseassumptions
12.3.3
Interferencesituation
As a worst case assumption, we may suppose that, the FM BS station will be based in the TETRA cell where the
channel(411.9875MHz)operatingclosetotheedgeoftheTETRAbandisused.Thesameprobabilityisassignedto
eachchannelavailableintheTETRAcell.Thenthefrequencyplaninthiscellstartsfrom410.0125MHzupto411.9875
MHzwithastepof25kHzx9.Adiscreteuniformdistributionforfrequencycanbeselected,e.g.,between410.0125
MHzand411.9875MHzhavingastepof25kHz(seeAnnex8foradescriptionofthediscreteuniformdistribution).
Ifthereisnospatialcorrelationbetweentheelementsofthevictimsystemandtheelementsoftheinterferingsystem
thenthesimulationradiusofthesimulationisgivenbytheformula:
Rsimu =radiusoftheareawhereinterferersareuniformlyspread
Rsimu
n active
densitactive
Wehavetoconsider9activeinterfererswithadensityof5terminals/km.Thentheradiusofsimulationarearesults
in:
R=sqrt(9/(3.14x5))=0.7569km.
TheFMBaseStation,whichisthevictimreceiver,issupposedtobeoperatingat412.00625MHz,thatisthecentreof
thefirstchannel,i.e.noguardintervalisassumed.
12.3.4
Emissionmask
Thetotalemissionoftheinterferingtransmitterconsistsof
105
the wanted signal within the defined bandwidth corresponding to a frequency offset of 50 % of the emission
bandwidthItBW
theoutofbandemissioncausedbythemodulationwithin,e.g.50...250%ofItBW
thespuriousemissionoutsidetheseranges.
Thismeansthemasktobedefinedhastocoverthiswholerange.Thisallowscochannelconsiderationaswell.
ItshouldbenotedthattheTETRAMSunwantedemissionsmaskisnotdefinedforfrequencyoffsetsbelow12.5kHz.
Considering the channel spacing of 25 kHz and assuming 0 dBc/18 kHz in that range, then in the undefined range
between12.5and25kHz,alinearinterpolationbetween0and60dBcattenuationwillbeperformed.Itshouldalso
betakenintoaccountthatthereferencebandwidth(18kHz)usedforthemaskisidenticaltothebandwidthofthe
interferingsystem(seeAnnex5).
12.4
Probabilityofinterference
Basedontheaboveassumptionstheprobabilityofinterference(C/Icriteriaandunwantedemissions+blockingare
takenintoaccount)isabout1.1%whenthePCisonandabout8.1%whenthePCisoff.
106
12.5
StepbystepExercise
Inthischapter,onlythenecessaryinputsarementioned.Allotherparametersarenotrequired.
Antenna
Definitionoftheworkspace,name:"TETRAPMR"
12.5.1
Victimlink/General
Reference: PMR
Reference:
PMRMS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
.....dBi
Frequency:.........MHz(channelspacing)
12.5.4
Usewantedtransmitter:yes
WtVrpath
Coverageradius
12.5.2
VictimReceiver
General
Reference: PMRBS
C/I: ...dB
required)
(ifonlyC/I,C/(N+I)and(I+N)/Narenot
Noisefloor: 131dBm,constant(=SensitivityC/I)
23dB,constant
Blockingmode:
Sensitivity
Sensitivity:
.....dBm
Bandwidthreceiver:......kHz
Antennaheight:
...m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
0...360deg,uniform
Antennaelevation:
direction)
0deg,constant (horizontal
Reference:
PMRBS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
....dBi
12.5.3
.....km
Correlation: No
(forWtVr)
Radiopathlength:
(0...1)*cellradius)
uniformpolar(DistanceVr:
Model:
0...360deg,uniform
Hata
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
attenuation)
RURAL (resultsinlowestpath
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
Propagation:
ABOVEROOF
30mBSAntennaheight)
12.5.5
(causedby
Interferinglink1/General
Reference:
TETRAPMRILK1
Frequency:
uniform
.................................MHz,
WantedTransmitter
12.5.6
General
Fixedradius:
PathAzimuthVr:
Propagationmodel
Antenna
Computationofthecellradius:Userdefinedradius
C/(I+N)
...dB (C/(N+I)requiredonlyfor
selectedBlockingMode)
Blockingresponse:
Reference:
PMRMS
Power:
......dBm,constant
Antennaheight:
1.5m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
0...360degrees,uniform
InterferingTransmitter
General
Antennaelevation: 0degrees,constant
(horizontaldirection)
107
Reference:
TETRAMS
Transmittingpower: 30dBm,constant
Unwantedmask:
OffsetinMHz,powerindBc
referredtoReferencebandwidth
10.0000100.0000
18.0000
0.5010100.0000
18.0000
0.500080.0000
18.0000
0.251080.0000
18.0000
0.250075.0000
18.0000
0.100075.0000
18.0000
0.075066.0000
18.0000
0.050066.0000
18.0000
0.025060.0000
18.0000
0.01250.0000
18.0000
0.01250.0000
18.0000
18.0000
0.0250 60.0000
0.050066.0000
18.0000
0.075066.0000
18.0000
0.100075.0000
18.0000
0.250075.0000
18.0000
0.251080.0000
18.0000
0.500080.0000
18.0000
0.5010100.0000
18.0000
10.0000100.0000
18.0000
Unwantedemissionfloor:
NO
Transmittingbandwidth:
(Bandwidth<channel)
....kHz
Referencebandwidth:
PowerControl:
YES
PCStep:
...dB
Maximumreceivedpower:
....dBm
Antennaheight:
1.5m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
Dynamicrange:
.....dBm
Reference:
TETRAMS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
0dBi
12.5.7
WantedReceiver(onlyforpowercontrol)
General
Reference:
TETRABS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
dBi
ItVrpath
Correlationmode:
Uniformdensity
PathAzimuthVr:
Numberofactiveinterferers:.....
Densityofactiveinterferers: ....users/km
Probabilityoftransmission:1(transmits
permanently)
Activityperhour:1(transmitspermanently)
Model:
....................
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
RURAL
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
Propagation:ABOVEROOF
ItWrpath(onlyforpowercontrol!)
Computationoftheradiocoverageoftheinterferer
Antenna
Reference:
12.5.9
Powercontrolstep: .....dB
.....dBm
Protectiondistance: 0km
Propagationmodel
Minthreshold:
Relativelocation
Powercontrol(atreceiver)
Antennaazimuth:
12.5.8
....kHz
....dBm
30m,constant
Antenna
Minimalreceivedpower:
Antennaheight:
TETRABS
108
Correlation: No
(forItWr)
Mode:
Trafficlimitednetwork
Densityofinterferers:....users/km
Numberofchannels: ....
Numberofuserperchannel: 1users/ch
Frequencycluster:
....
PathdistanceFactor: uniformpolar(Distance:
(0...1)*cellradius)
PathAzimuth:0...360degrees,uniform
Propagationmodel
Model:
....................
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
RURAL
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
12.5.10 Simulationcontrol/Eventgeneration
Numberofsamples: 20000
(Default:20000)
12.5.11 Testofthesimulation
Calculatedradius
Cellradiusofthewantedsystem:
..interferingsystem1:
.km
..simulationradius1:
GeneratedSignals
PCon
.km
.km
dRSS:mean: .dBm,std:.dB
iRSSunwanted:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
iRSSblocking:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
PCoff
dRSS:mean: .dBm,std:.dB
iRSSunwanted:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
iRSSblocking:mean:.dBm,std:.dB
12.5.12 Interferencecalculation/ICEcalculation
InterferenceCriteria: C/I
Compatibilitymode: Yes(Probabilityof
interference)
Unwantedemissions:Yes
Blocking"
Yes
12.5.13 Result
Probability:
(=.%)
Note:SeetheanswerstothisexerciseinAnnex19onp.212.
109
Annex1 :EGEInputParameters
ThisannexlistsalltheinputparametersinSEAMCATuserinterface,requiredtosetupasimulationscenario.Italso
explains the use of these parameters in SEAMCAT calculations, where appropriate. The symbols and formatting
conventions S means that the input value is in scalar form, D is a distribution and F is a function as a set of
corresponding(X,Y)valuepairs.
A.1.1
WindowVictimlink/General
Figure127:Victimlink/Generaldialogbox
Page
Comments
Symbol
Type
Unit
Name:nameofthevictim
link
Description:commentson
thelink
Victimreceiver:
Wantedtransmitter:
chooseatransmitter
alreadydefinedinthe
library
UserdefineddRSS:
defineadistributionofthe
desiredReceivedSignal
Strength
dRSS
DorS(if
constant)
dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth.
Callareceiveralreadydefinedinthe
Library,otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
IfWantedtransmitterischecked:
Callatransmitteralreadydefinedinthe
Library otherwise type the input
directly.
dRSS is calculated taking into account
alltheVictimlinkparameters.
IfUserdefineddRSSischecked:
theuserdefinesthedRSSdistribution.
tabsheets Wanted transmitter and
WttoVrPathdisappear.
The Power control max threshold
optionisnotavailableinthiscaseinthe
Victimreceivertabsheet.
fwt
DorS
MHz
Distributionofthecentrefrequencyofthe
victimlink
Selectableswitch
OnlyactiveifCDMAisenabled
Description
SeeAnnex3forfurther
details.
p.33
Frequency
p.80
VictimsystemisCDMA
system
CDMAvictimReceiver
BlockingAttenuation
p.
147
Table18:Victimlink/general
110
A.1.2
WindowVictimlink/Victimreceiver
A.1.2.1
TabsheetVictimlink/Victimreceiver/General
Figure128:Victimlink/Victimreceiver/Generaldialogbox
page
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
receiver
Comments
Description:comments
onthereceiver
p.32
Antennaheight
DorS
p.153
Antennaazimuth:
Antennaalignment
horizontaltolerance
DorS
degree
Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignment
verticaltolerance
DorS
degree
p.32
Noisefloor:definea
distributionofthenoise
floor
DorS
dBm
111
SeeAnnex9
ThisistheanglebetweentheVrmainbeam
andthedirectiontoWt.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theVrandWtantennasare
strictlyalignedinthehorizontalplane,see
Annex9
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheVr
mainbeamandthedirectiontowardsWt.
E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,theVrandWt
antennasarestrictlyalignedinthevertical
plane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
Distributionofthestrengthofthenoise
floor.Thisparametersisusedforthe
probabilitycalculationwhenthecriteriais
C/(N+I)or(N+I)/N.
Example:SoforaNoisefloorof105
p.51
dBmordB
depend.on
mode
Blockingresponse:
Receiverfrequency
response(receiver
blockingperformance)
blocking
pp.52
53
Blockingattenuation
mode
SeeAnnex6onp.142.
Intermodulation
rejection:
Intermodulationresponse
(intermodulation
interference)
intermod
dB
F
(MHz)
Receivepowerdynamic
range
(MHz)
Sensitivity
SeeAnnexA.6.5onp.146
p.32
Receptionbandwidth:
Operatingbandwidth
p.32
Interferencecriteria:C/I
orC/(N+I)or(N+I)/Nor
I/N
Calculationmodeoftheofthereceiver
attenuation,seeAnnex6:
Userdefined: the attenuation due to
the receiver selectivity is the blocking
mask. In this case, the blocking
response is in dB (so input positive
values).
Protectionratio:theattenuationofthe
receiver is 3+C/(N+I)+Blocking mask. In
thiscase,theblockingresponseisindB
(Soinputpositiveornegativevalues).
Sensitivity:theuserinputstheBlocking
maskindBmwhichisthemaximum
acceptableinterferingpower
(dBm).Theattenuationofthereceiver
isC/(N+I)+Blockingmask(dBm)
Sensitivity.
Receivermaskattheintermodulation
frequency.SeeAnnex4onp.133.
Maximumrangeofthereceivepowerthat
Victimreceivercanaccept,intermsofthe
maximumreceivepowerovertheVrs
sensitivitythreshold.
IfthetrialleddRSSvalueexceeds
(sens+Pcmax),thedRSSissettothelatter
value.
Sensitivityofthereceiver.
Pcmax
dB
sens
dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth
kHz
Bandwidthofthereceiver.
C/Ior
C/(N+I)
or
(N+I)/N
orI/N
dB
Theuserdefinesatleastoneofthese
criteria.(C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N).Then,
theuserwillchooseoneofthesecriteriafor
eachinterferenceprobabilitycalculation.
SEAMCATperformsaconsistencychecking
betweentheinterferencecriteria.See
A.16.1onp.201.
SeeAnnex11
p.52
dBm/MHzandaBW=5MHz,theuser
shouldinput105+10*log(5)=98dBm
Receivermaskattenuation(positiveor
negativevaluesdependingonthechosen
blockingmode,seebelow)versus
frequency,seeAnnex6onp.142.
Table19:Victimlink/Victimreceiver/General
A.1.2.2 TabsheetVictimlink/Victimreceiver/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
112
A.1.3
WindowVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter
A.1.3.1 TabsheetVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter/General
Figure129:Victimlink/Wantedtransmitter/Generaldialogbox
page
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
link
thelink
p.33
Powerdistribution:Power
supplied
SorD
p.33
Antennaheight
hwt
SorD
p.153
Antennaazimuth:Antenna
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
Hwt
SorD
degree
p.153
Antennaelevation:
Antennaalignmentvertical
tolerance
Vwt
SorD
degree
dBm/Vr
reception
bandwidth
SeeAnnex9.
p.153
ThisistheanglebetweentheWtmainbeam
andthedirectiontowardsVr.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theVrandWtantennasare
strictlyalignedinthehorizontalplane.See
Annex9.
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheWt
mainbeamandthealigneddirection
towardsVr.E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,the
VrandWtantennasarestrictlyalignedin
verticalplane.SeeAnnex9.
Table20:Victimlink/Wantedtransmitter/General
A.1.3.2 TabsheetVictimlink/Wantedtransmitter/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
113
A.1.4
WindowVictimlink/WantedtransmittertoVictimreceiver
A.1.4.1 TabsheetVictimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocation
TheSEAMCATusercanselecteithertheCorrelationortheUncorrelatedcase
Correlation case: position between the victim pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian
coordinates.
Figure130:Victimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocationcorrelationdialogbox
page
Description
p.34
Correlationdistance
p.34
DeltaX,deltaY
Symbol
Type
Unit
XY
km
Comments
Checked
Distancebetweenthetransmitterand
receiverintheVictimlink.
Table21:VictimLink/WtVrcorrelationcase
Uncorrelated case: A coverage radius is calculated. Three different modes are available for calculating the
wt
maximumradius Rmax (seeAnnex10).TheVictimreceiverwillberandomlydeployedwithintheareacentredon
wt
theWantedtransmitteranddelimitedbythemaximumradiusRmax .
Figure131:Victimlink/WttoVr/Relativelocationuncorrelateddialogbox
page
p.57
Description
Correlationdistance
Symbol
Type
114
Unit
Comments
Unchecked
p.57
p.57
Pathazimuth
Pathdistancefactor
DorS
Deg
DorS
HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheVrrespect
totheWt,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theVrslocationwillbeonastraight
line.Ifnot,thelocationoftheVrwillbeonan
angulararea.
Distancefactortodescribepathlengthbetween
theWtandtheVr.Thisfactorwillbemultipliedby
wt
Rmax
toobtainthecoveragearea.
Therefore,thetraileddistancebetweenWtandVr
wt
willbeRmax *Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserentersa
distribution01,thenthedistancewillbe
wt
between0andRmax .
p.157
Coverageradius
calculationmode
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theVrwillbelocated
onacirclearoundtheWt.
Threedifferentmodesofcalculationofthe
wt
coverageradiusRmax ofagivensystem,see
Annex10.
Theusershouldchecktheconsistencyofthis
parameterwiththesensitivity,sothatifareceiver
isplacedatgivendistancesuchasthemaximum
coverageradius,thereceivedpowerishigherthan
theSensitivityforareasonablepercentageoftime
(availability).
Table22:VictimLink/WtVr/Uncorrelatedcase
A.1.4.2 TabsheetVictimlink/WttoVr/Propagationmodel
The second tab sheet is used for selection of the propagation model. Choose a propagation model by consulting
Annex15.
A.1.5
WindowInterferingLink/General
SeeFigure29onpage40onhowtogetthewindowbelow.
Figure132:InterferingLink/Generaldialogbox
page
Description
Name:nameofthe
interferinglink
Symbol
Type
Unit
115
Comments
p.40
p.80
p.140
thelink
Interferingtransmitter:
chooseinthemenua
transmitteralready
definedinthelibrary
Wantedreceiver:choose
inthemenuareceiver
alreadydefineinthe
library
Frequency:Distributionof
thefrequencyofthe
interferinglink
InterfererisaCDMA
System
CDMAUnwanted
emissionsmask
CallatransmitteralreadydefinedintheLibrary,
otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
CallareceiveralreadydefinedintheLibrary,
otherwisetypetheinputsdirectly.
DorS MHz
Distributionofthecentrefrequencyofthe
interfererbandwidth.
Selectableswitch
Table23:Interferinglink/general
A.1.6
WindowInterferingLink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.6.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/General
Figure133:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/Generaldialogbox
116

page
Description
Name:nameofthe
interferingtransmitter
thetransmitter
Antennaheight
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
Symbol
Type
Unit
h
H
SorD
DorS
m
degree
Antennaelevation:
tolerance
DorS
degree
ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheItmain
beamandthealigneddirectiontowardsWr.
E.g.ifantennaelevation=0,theItandWr
antennasarealignedinverticalplane,see
Annex9onp.153.
p.41
Power:definea
distributionofthe
transmitterpower.
Emissionmask:Unwanted
signallevel(Transmitting
mask)
DorS
dBm
Interferingtransmittersoutputpowerinthe
emissionbandwidth.
emission_
rel(f)
F(MHz)
p.41
p.50
Comments
SeeAnnex9onp.153
ThisistheanglebetweentheItmainbeamand
thedirectiontowardsWr.E.g.ifantenna
azimuth=0,theItandWrantennasarealigned
inhorizontalplane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
dBc/
Definethemaskofthetransmitter,inthe
reference emissionbandwidthandoutoftheemission
bandw. bandwidth.
(MHz)
Negativevaluesintherelativemaskshouldbe
choseninawaythattheintegrationoverthe
emissionbandwidthresultsinthetotalemitted
power,seeAnnex5onp.134.
Ifconstantmask,thereisnoemissionoutside
ofthebandwidth.
p.136
Unwantedemissionsfloor: emission_
Noisefloorsignallevel
floor(f)
p.67
p.162
Powercontrol
p.67
Powercontrolstepsize
p.67
p.67
F(MHz)
dBm/ Definetheminimumstrengthoftheunwanted
reference emissions.
bandw.
SotheunwantedemissionsequaltoMax(Pit+
(MHz)
Pcontrol+Unwantedemission,Unwanted
emissionsfloor)(seeAnnex5onp.134.)
PCstep
Minthreshold
PCthreshold
Dynamicrange
PCdyn
IfPowercontrolischecked,the3following
parametershavetobedefined.
ThisPowercontrolisusedtolimittheoutput
powerofthetransmitter,seeAnnex11on
p.161.
dB
dBm/ Ifthereceivedpowerislowerthanthis
emission threshold,thennopowercontroltakesplace
bandw.
dB
IfthereceivedpowerishigherthanPctreshold+
Pcdynthenthefullpowercontroltakesplace,
i.e.thepowerisdecreasedbyPcdyn
Table24:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.6.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/Interferingtransmitter/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
117
A.1.7
WindowInterferingLink/Wantedreceiver
A.1.7.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/Wantedreceiver/General
Figure134:Interferinglink/Wantedreceiver/Generaldialogbox
page
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Name:nameofthewanted
receiver
Description:comments
Antennaheight
hwt
SorD
alignmenthorizontal
tolerance
Hwt
SorD degre ThisistheanglebetweentheWrmainbeamand

e
thedirectiontowardsIt.E.g.ifantennaazimuth=0,
theWrandItantennasarealignedinthehorizontal
plane,seeAnnex9onp.153.
Antennaelevation:
tolerance
Vwt
degre ThisistheverticalanglebetweentheWrmain
e
beamandthealigneddirectiontowardsIt.E.g.if
antennaelevation=0,theWrandItantennasare
strictlyalignedinverticalplane,seeAnnex9onp.
153.
Sensitivity
dBm
SeeAnnex9onp.153.
Table25:Interferinglink/Interferingtransmitter
A.1.7.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/Wantedreceiver/Antenna
SeeA.9.3onp.155.
118
A.1.8
WindowInterferingLink/ItWrpath
A.1.8.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocation
TheSEAMCATusercanselecteithertheCorrelationortheUncorrelatedcase
Correlation case: position between the interfering pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian
coordinates.
Figure135:Interferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocationcorrelateddialogbox
page
Description
Correlationdistance
DeltaX,deltaY
Symbol
XY
Type
Unit
km
Comments
Checked
Distancebetweenthetransmitterandreceiverin
theinterferinglink.
Table26:InterferingLink/ItWrpath/Correlatedcase
Uncorrelated case: A coverage radius is calculated. Three different modes are available for calculating the
it
maximumradius Rmax (seeAnnex10onp.157).TheWantedreceiverwillberandomlydeployedwithinthearea

it
centredontheInterferingtransmitterandlimitedbythemaximumradius Rmax .
Figure136:Interferinglink/ItWrpath/Relativelocationuncorrelateddialogbox
119

page
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Correlationdistance
Unchecked
Pathazimuth
DorS
Degrees
HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheWr
respecttotheIt,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theWrslocationwillbeona
straightline.Ifnot,thelocationoftheWrwill
beonanangulararea.
Pathdistancefactor
DorS
Distancefactortodescribepathlengthbetween
theItandtheWr.Thisfactorwillbemultiplied
it
by Rmax toobtainthecoveragearea.
Therefore,thetrialleddistancebetweenItand
it
Wrwillbe Rmax *Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserenters

adistribution01,thenthedistancewillbe
it
between0and Rmax .
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theWrwillbe
locatedonacirclearoundtheIt.
Coverageradius
calculationmode
Threedifferentmodesofcalculationofthe
coverageradiusareavailable,asdescribedin
Annex10onp.157.
Howeverthenoiselimitednetworkoptionis
notavailableforthislink,duetothefactthat
thesensitivityofthewantedreceiverisnot
defined.
Theusershouldchecktheconsistencyofthis
parameterwiththesensitivity,sothatifa
receiverisplacedatgivendistancesuchasthe
maximumcoverageradius,thereceivedpower
ishigherthantheSensitivityforareasonable
percentageoftime(availability).
Table27:InterferingLink/ItWrpath/Uncorrelatedcase
A.1.8.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItWrpath/PropagationModel
Thesecondtabsheetisusedforselectionofthepropagationmodel.Chooseapropagationmodelbyconsulting
Annex15onp.183.
120
A.1.9
WindowInterferingLink/ItVrpath
A.1.9.1 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItVrpath/Relativelocation
TheSEAMCATusercanselectseveraloptionstodefinethelocationoftheItwithrespecttotheVr.
None
TheUserdefinesdirectlythesimulationradiusandadistributiondescribingthewaytospreadtheinterferersaround
thevictim.Thend itvr isaresultofatrial: d itvr= Rsimux Twhere Trepresentsatrialfromagivendistribution
(Annex8).
Figure137:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/Relativelocationnonedialogbox
page
Description
Mode:none
Pathazimuth
Symbol
Pathdistance
factor
Type
DorS
Unit
Deg
DorS
p.59
Rsimu
km
p.59
Simulation
radius
Numberof
active
transmitter
nactive
p.73
Colocate
Comments
HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheItrespecttotheVr,
seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theItslocationwillbeonastraightline.Ifnot,
thelocationoftheItwillbeonanangulararea.
DistancefactortodescribepathlengthbetweentheItandVr.
ThisfactorwillbemultipliedbyRsimutoobtainthecoverage
area.Therefore,thetrialleddistancebetweenItandVrwillbe
Rsimu*Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserentersadistribution01,then
thedistancewillbebetween0andRsimu.
Ifthepathfactorisconstant,theItwillbelocatedonacircle
aroundtheVrwhichmeansthatthedistancebetweentheIt
andVrwillnotchange
Userdefined
Ifnactive>1,thiswillresultinspatiallyindependentgeneration
ofthespecifiednumberofIts,whereastheresultingtotaliRSS
strengthwillbeobtainedbysimplepowersummationofthe
individualiRSSsignalvalues.
Thisfeatureallowsdeployingtwointerferersatthesame
locationandtheirtwotransmitterscouldbetransmittingat
thesametimewhilehavingdifferenttransmitter
characteristics(e.g.emissionmask,antennaradiation
pattern)
Table28:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/noneoption
121
Uniformdensity:
The user provides the parameters allowing the determination of the simulation radius. Thend itvr is a result of a
trial:
ditvr=Rsimux TU(0,1)
Rsimu =radiusoftheareawhereinterferersarespreaddefinedbytheRsimuwhichisdefinedinmoredetailsinA.10.2
onp.159.
Figure138:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationUniformdensitydialogbox
page
Description
Mode:Uniformdensity
Pathazimuth
Symbol
Type
DorS
Unit
Deg
p.62
Numberofactive
transmitter
nactive
p.62
Simulationradius
Interferesdensity
seeA.10.2onp.159
Rsimu
km
Colocate
p.60
p.73
Comments
TheItareuniformlydistributedaroundtheVr
HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheIt
respecttotheVr,seeAnnexA.9.2.
Ifconstant,theItslocationwillbeonastraight
line.Ifnot,thelocationoftheItwillbeonan
angulararea.
numberofactiveinterferersinthesimulation
(nactiveshouldbesufficientlylargesothatthe
(n+1)thinterfererwouldbringanegligible
additionalinterferingpower).
Ifnactive>1,thiswillresultinspatially
independentgenerationofthespecified
numberofIts,whereastheresultingtotaliRSS
strengthwillbeobtainedbysimplepower
summationoftheindividualiRSSsignalvalues.
Note:thesimulationradiusvalueisreadable
onlyaftereachsimulation
Asimulationradiusiscalculated,Rsimu.
Interferingtransmitterswillberandomly
deployedwithintheareacentredontheVictim
receiveranddelimitedbythesimulationradius
Rsimu.IfaprotectionisdefinedthenInterfering
transmitterswillberandomlydeployedwithin
theareacentredintheVictimreceiverand
delimitedbytheprotectiondistanceandthe
simulationradiusRsimu.
SeeTable28
Table29:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Uniformdensityoption
122
Closestinterferer:
TheinfluenceoftheclosestinterferercanbeestimatedbyhavingadistanceditvrfollowingaRayleighdistribution
R( ) asdefinedinAnnex8andwheretheparameter isrelatedtothedensityoftransmitters
2 densitactive
where:
densitactive densit pittx activityit (time)
Figure139:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationClosestinterfererdialogbox
page
Description
Mode:Closestinterferer
Pathazimuth
Symbol
Type
DorS
Unit
Deg
Interferersdensity
Comments
None
HorizontalangleforthelocationoftheIt
respecttotheVr.Ifconstant,theItslocation
willbeonastraightline.Ifnot,thelocationof
theItwillbeonanangulararea.
ThedistancebetweentheVictimreceiverand
theInterferingtransmitterfollowsaRayleigh
distribution,wherethestandarddeviationis
givenby .SeeA.10.2forinformationonthe
inputparameter.
Table30:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Closestinterfereroption
Correlation case: position between two pair of transmitter and receiver is defined using Cartesian coordinates:
Choosebetweendifferentcorrelationmodes:ItVr;ItWt;WrWt;WrVr.
Thiscasedealswiththesituationwherethevictimsystemandtheinterferingsystemaregeographicallycorrelated
(e.g.colocatedorconstantlyspacedbasestations).
Thiscorrelationisassumedtobeonlybetweenoneelement(VrorWt)ofthevictimsystemandoneelement(Itor
Wr)oftheinterferingsystem.
Atrial(ifthedistanceisnotconstant)ofthedistancesandanglesbetweenthetwocorrelatedelementsismade(e.g.
wr vr,dwrvr).Theknowledgeofit>wr,ditwr,vrwt,dvrwtenablestoderivethemissingcoordinates(e.g.itvr,
ditvr).
123
Figure140:Interferinglink/ItVrpath/RelativelocationCorrelateddialogbox
page
p.43
p.43
Description
Correlationdistance
DeltaX,deltaY
Symbol
XY
Type
Unit
km
Comments
(ItVr),(ItWt),(WrWt)or(WrVr)
Distancebetweenthetwopairoftransmitter
andreceiver.Thereferencedependsonthe
choiceofcorrelation.
Table31:InterferingLink/ItVrpath/Correlatedcase
A.1.9.2 TabsheetInterferinglink/ItVrpath/PropagationModel
The second tab sheet is used for selection of the propagation model. Choose a propagation model by consulting
Annex15.
A.1.10 Simulationcontrol
SimulationcontrolsettingsareusedtodeterminetherunningtimeoftheEGEofSEAMCAT.Thecontrolsettingsare
calledviamenuoptionWorkspace>SimulationControl,whichproducesthefollowingdialogwindow:
Figure141:Simulationcontroldialogbox
Inanormaloperation,theuserwilljustsetthenumberofeventsinthefirstparameterfield(bydefaultitissetto
20,000 events). However, if long simulation times are expected, one might start initial simulations by choosing the
Limitsimulationtimeoption,andthenenteringthemaximumallowedsimulationtimeinminutes.
The final option, Run EGE in debug mode is used for detailed check of the simulation process. When checked, the
SEAMCATEGEwillgeneratealogfilewhereallinterimresultsofsimulationswillbestoredforfurtherinspection(see
AnnexA.16.3forfurtherdetails).
124
Annex2 :ICEControlParameters
A.2.1
ICEGraphicalUserInterface
AftercompletingtheEGEsimulations,itispossibletoproceedwithcalculationofprobabilityofinterference,usingthe
SEAMCAT Interference Calculation Engine (ICE) function. It is the ultimate part of the SEAMCAT architecture when
appliedtononCDMAvictimsystems.TheICEcontrolparametersaredescribedinthisannex.Anillustrationofthe
ICEControldialogwindowispresentedbelow:
Figure142:ICEcontroldialoguebox
125
ID
1
Description
Calculationmode/Compatibility:The
resultisaprobabilityofinterference.
Calculationmode/Translations:theresult
isagraph.
Inthiscaseallthefollowingparameters
shouldbeindependentfromfrequencies:
Receiverblockingresponsemask,Receiver
intermodulationrejectionmask,power
distributionofinterferingtransmitter,
Unwantedemissionfloormask.
Signaltype
4
5
Algorithm
Samples
6
7
Interferencecriterion
Translationparameters:Iftranslationwas
chosen
Calculationcontrol
Result/Compatibility
Result/Translation
8
9
10
Comments
Compatibility:Givestheprobabilityofbeinginterferedbythe
Blockinginterferenceand/orbytheUnwantedinterferenceand/or
byintermodulationinterference.
Calculationoftheprobabilityofinterferenceasafunctionofthe
referenceparameters:
PowersuppliedbytheItfortheunwanted,
BlockingresponseleveloftheVrfortheBlocking,
AndintermodulationrejectionlevelfortheVr.
Theseparametersarevaryingonuserdefineddefinitiondomain
definedbythenumberofpointswherethesoftwarehastocalculate
theprobability.
Choosetheinterferencestudied:Unwantedand/orBlockingand/or
Intermodulation.
formerlyknownasComplete1
Itrepresentsthenumberofeventstocalculatetheprobabilityfrom.
Theaccuracyoftheprobabilityresultsderivesfromthis
parameters..
ChoosebetweenC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N)
Numberofpointsbetweentheminandmax,wherethesoftware
willcalculatetheprobability.
Deletearesult,andseethelastresults
Probabilityofinterference:1alwaysinterfered,0neverinterfered
Givesthegraph,showingtheresultingprobabilityofinterferencevs.
theselectedvaluesoftranslationparameter.
Theaverageofthegraphdependsofthenumberofpoints,butthe
higherthenumberis,thelongerthecalculationsare.
Table32:Parameterstocalculatetheprobabilityofinterference
A.2.2
InterferenceCalculationEngineControl
ItallowstheusertocalculatetheprobabilityofinterferenceforseveralICEconfiguration(i.e.differentsignaltype,
interferencecriteria,etc..)forthesamesimulation.Figure143presentstwoexamplesonhowthecontrolboxistobe
used. When several ICE configuration are computed, then the user can jump from one to another without
recomputingthembyselectingthefirst,previous,nextandlastbuttons.
(a)
(b)
126
(c)
Figure143:Example(a),(b)and(c)onusingtheInterferenceCalculationEngineControl
A.2.3
InterferenceCalculationEngine
The ICE processes the information gathered by the EGE to calculate the probability of interference. In this engine,
accordingtotheirstatisticalnature,thedataarraysrelatedtotheinterferingmechanism(iRSSi)aresummedoverthe
number of active interfering transmitter to build up the data array iRSScomp (composite Interfering Received Signal
Strength),whichisusedintheinterferenceprobabilitycalculation.
Thesamplesofwanted(dRSS)andunwanted(iRSS)signalsgeneratedbytheEGEarecomparedagainsttherelevant
signaltonoise criteria (specified in the scenario, such as C/I, C/(I+N), (N+I)/N and I/N) to calculate the actual
probabilityofinterferencewiththeconditionthatthedesiredreceivedsignalstrengthsisgreaterthanthesensitivity
ofthevictimreceiver(dRSS>sens).
An illustration of the summary of the interference criteria computation process is presented in Figure 6 in the
introductionofthehandbook.Thisprobabilitycanbecalculatedforthedifferentinterferencemechanisms.
SEAMCATcalculatestheprobabilityofinterference(pI)ofthevictimreceiverasfollows:
pI=1-pNI
werepNIistheprobabilityofNonInterference(NI)ofthereceiver.
WhenaC/Icriterionisconsidered,pNIisdefinedas:
dRSS
C
p NI P
dRSS sens
iRSS comp
sincebydefinitionP(A|B)=P(AB)/P(B),pNIbecomes:
p NI
with iRSS comp
dRSS
C
P
, dRSS sens
iRSS
I
comp

P dRSS sens
iRSS j wherePisthenumberofinterferers(i.e.activetransmitters).
j 1
NotethattheMonteCarlomethodisappliedindividuallytothenumeratorandtothedenominatoroftheexpression
ofpNI.TheresultobtainedisanestimationofpNIbyusingthefollowingequations(pNI):
p ' NI
1
M
dRSS ( i )
C
,
i 1
iRSS comp ( i ) I
M
1
M
dRSS ( i ) sens
1
i 1
dRSS ( i ) sens
dRSS ( i )
C
,
i 1
iRSS comp ( i ) I
M
1
i 1
withMthenumberofevents(orsnapshots)andwhere
127
dRSS ( i ) sens
dRSS ( i ) sens
1, if condition is satisfied
1condition
else
0,
Similarly,whenaC/(I+N)criterionisconsidered,pNIisdefinedas:
p NI
dRSS
C
, dRSS sens
P
iRSS
IN
comp N
P dRSS sens
Whena(I+N)/Ncriterionisconsidered,pNIisdefinedas:
p NI
iRSS comp N I N
P
, dRSS sens
N
N

P dRSS sens
WhenaI/Ncriterionisconsidered,pNIisdefinedas:
p NI
A.2.4
iRSS comp
I
, dRSS sens
P
N
N

P dRSS sens
InterferencecriteriaC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/Nrelationship
The user defines protection criteria and chooses one of then when conducting the evaluation of the probability of
interference(C/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/N,I/N).SEAMCATperformsaconsistencycheckingbetweentheinterferencecriteria.
Forexample,wemaycalculatethe(N+I)/NwhenweknowthevalueofC/IandC/(N+I).Ifweassumethat:
C/I=19dB
C/(N+I)=16dB
Usingtheequation:
NI
1
10 log 10 1 C C
I N I
10 10 1
(1)
NI
1
10 log 10 1 0.3
3dB
N
10 1
Thisgives:
Therefore, if the user provides a value for each of these parameters (C/I, C/(N+I) and (N+I)/N), SEAMCAT using the
equation(1)checkstheconsistencyoftheseparameters.
Takingintoaccountthisvalueof(I+N)/Nandusingtheequation:
N I
N
dB
N
dB
I
N I
10 log10
10 log10 1 10 log10 1 10 10
N
N
(2)
Considering
I
N
dB
NN I
10 dB
I
I N N
N I
10 log10 10 log10
10 log10
1 10 log10 10
1
N
N
and that
128
N I
N I
C
C
C
N C N N I N
dB dB
dB dB
dB
Therefore,thisleadsto
N I I
N I
I
N
10 log10
1
N 10 log10 I 10 log10
I
dB
I
N
dB
NI I
CI NC I
CI I CN
dB
dB
dB
10 log10 10 10 1 10 log10 10 10
1 10 log10 10 10
1
I
0.3
N 10 log 10 10 1 0dB
dB
Therefore,iftheuserprovidesavaluefor(N+I)/NandI/N,SEAMCATusingtheequation(2)checkstheconsistencyof
theseparameters.
ThefollowingdefaultvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof19dB,16dB,3dBand0dBrespectivelyavoidthe
displayofawarning.
129
Annex3 :dRSScalculation
Inthisannex,Trepresentsatrialfromagivendistribution(Annex8).
Note:IftheuserwishestounderstandandcheckSEAMCAT,theeasiestwayistousethe
Freespacepropagationmodel,whichmakesmanualcalculationsimple.
A.3.1
BasicalgorithmforcalculationofdRSS
dRSScalc=pwtsupplied+gwtvrplwtvr(fvr)+gvrwt
Ifthereceivedsignalcannotexceedagivenvalue,i.e.dependingonthepowercontrolimplementedinthevictim
system):
dRSS=min(dRSScalc,dRSSmax)
Thefollowingvariablesareusedinthepreviousformula:
pwtsupplied=T(Pwtsupplied):powersuppliedtothewantedtransmitterantenna;
plwtvr
:pathlossbetweenthewantedtransmitterandthevictimreceiver(propagationlossdependingon
thepropagationmodel,slowfadingandclutterlossestakenintoaccount).Dependingonwhether
thecriteriaofinterferencewillapplyto:
theinstantaneousdRSS,thepathlosswillbedifferentforeachtrial:
plwtvr=fpropag(fvr,hvr,hwt,dvrwt,env)=L+T(Dv)
wherefpropag=propagationmodel(bothmedianlossandvariationselectedinpropagation
modelselectiontabsheet)
f vr
themeandRSS,themeanpathlosswillbeassumed(thesameforalltrials):
plwtvr=fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt,dvrwt,env)=L
wherefmedian=propagationmodel(onlymedianlossselectedinthemodeltabsheet)
T ( f vr ) :ThefrequencyofVr,itcanbesetconstantordefinedbyacertaindistribution,e.g.the"discrete
frequencydistribution".
hvr=T(Hvr) :victimreceiverantennaheight,e.g.:
hvr=T(U(hvrmin,hvrmax))=hvrmin+(hvrmaxhvrmin)T(U(0,1))
hwt T(Hwt) :wantedtransmitterantennaheight,e.g.:
hwt=T(U(hwtmin,hwtmax))=hwtmin+(hwtmaxhwtmin)T(U(0,1))
env
:environmenttype,asimplementedintheselectedmodel(urban,rural,outdoor,indoor.)
wt
dwtvr=T(Rmax
)distancebetweentheVrandtheWt,itiscalculatedthroughmultiplyingatrialleddistance
wt ,e.g.:
distributionfactorbythecoverageradius d wt vr T Dwt vr Rmax
wt
dwtvr=Rmax
xT(U(0,1))
wt
radiusoftheWtcoverage.
Rmax
wt
ThreedifferentchoicesforcalculationofRmax arepossible(seeAnnexA.10.1):
TheazimuthvrwtoftheWtVrpath(seeAnnexA.9.2)iscalculatedtroughatrialaccordingtothedefined
distribution:
wt vr T Awt vr
ThentherelativepositioningofthepairoftransmitterandreceiverofthevictimlinkiniscalculatedinCartesian
coordinates.Relativepositioningisalwaysexpressedrelativelytothetransmitter.
X wt / vr d vr wt cos( vr wt )
Ywt / vr d vr wt sin( vr wt )
130
Consequently,assumingthatoneofthetwopairoftransmitterandreceiverisfixed,itisthenpossibletousethe
relativepositioningtodeterminetheabsolutelocationofthesecondpairoftransmitterandreceiver.
gwtvr=f(gwtmax,patternwt)=gwtmaxpatternwt(wtvr,wtvr,fvr)Wtantennagaininthedirection
ofVr,withgwtmaxmaximumantennagainoftheWt.
patternwt=Wtsnormalisedantennapatternwithinoperatingbandwidth.
(wtvr,wtvr)=azimuthandelevation(thelatterwhensphericalantennapatternisdefined)anglesfromthe
WtantennatowardstheVrantenna.
gvrwt=f(gvrmax,patternvr)=gvrmaxxpatternvr(wtvr+,wtvr,fvr)VrantennagaintowardsWt.
A.3.2
CaseoffixedpositionsforVrandWt(correlateddistance)
InthiscasethepositionsofVrandWtarefixed.Theuserdefinesthedistancebetweenthetransmitterandreceiverin
theVictimlinkbydefiningthedifferenceoflocationintermofCartesiancoordinates(DeltaXandDeltaY).Inthis
case the dRSS is calculated using the main algorithm described in section 1.1 above, but appropriate changes are
madetothecalculationofmutualpositioningofVrandWt,becauseofitbeingfixed
A.3.3
CaseofuserdefineddRSS
TheconstantvalueordistributionofdRSSmaybedefinedbytheuserintheVictimLinkscenariowindowbyselecting
user defined dRSS (see Annex 1 in section A.1.1). In this case the SEAMCAT EGE skips algorithms for calculation of
dRSSandproceedsdirectlytocalculationofiRSS.
Note:SkippingthedRSScalculationalsomeansthattheSEAMCATwillhavenothavethepositionsof
pairoftransmitterandreceiverinavictimlinktrialled/calculated.Ifthesepositionsareimportantfor
furtheranalysis(e.g.whenusingdirectionalantennas),thedRSScalculationshouldnotbeskipped.
131
Annex4 :iRSScalculation
For the iRSS calculation k different interfering systems may be considered, each having some n active interfering
transmitters.Theresultinginterferingpowerinthevictimreceiveriscomputedasdescribedinthealgorithmbelow.
Thefollowingconsiderationsarerestrictedtothecaseofk=1onlyforsimplification.
Inthisannex,Trepresentsatrialfromagivendistribution(Annex8).
A.4.1
Unwantedinterferingfieldstrength(iRSSunwanted)calculation
iRSSunwanted=f(emissionit,gitPC,gitvr,plitvr,gvrit)i
iRSSunwanted
n iRRSS unwanted _ i
10
10 log10 10
i 1
wheretheithinterferersignalisdefinedas:
iRSSunwanted_,i=(emissionit(fit,fvr)+gitvrplitvr(fvr)+gvrit)
where,otherthanparametersdescribedbefore:
emissionit ( f it , f vr ) max pitsupplied emission _ relit ( f it , f vr ) g itPC , emission _ floorit ( f it , f vr )
emission _ relit isarelativeemissionmaskwhichisafunctionof f=(fitfvr),see Annex5.Itisintroducedto

enablecalculationsofinterferencebetweensystemsinthesameoradjacentbands.Therealemissionisalways
greaterorequalthantheabsoluteemissionfloor emission _ floorit ( f it , f vr ) .
A.4.2
Blockinginterferingfieldstrength(iRSSblocking)calculation
n interferes
iRSSblocking=
f(pitsupplied,gitPC,gitvr,plitvr,avr,gvrit)i
i 1
iRSSblocking
n iRSS blocking ,i
10 log10 10 10
i 1
Wheretheithinterfererssignalisgivenby
iRSSblocking,i=f(pitsupplied+gitPC+gitvrplitvravr+gvrit)
whereforeachinterferer:
fit=T(fit):Interferinglinkoperatingfrequency.NotethatthetrialofthedRSSfrequency,fvr,occursonlyonce
foreachsimulationround,i.e.fvristrialledonce,togetherwiththeWt,Vrpositions,theWttransmitpower
andotherdistributionspertainingtothevictimlink.ThesevaluesassociatedwiththedRSStrialroundthen
applytoallntrialsofiRSS(wherenisthenumberofinterferers).
pitsupplied=T(Pitsupplied)powersuppliedtotheItantenna(beforepowercontrol).
gitPC=powercontrolgainfortheItwiththepowercontrolfunction,seeAnnex11.
plitvr=pathlossbetweentheinterferingtransmitteriandthevictimreceiver,e.g.:
plitvr=fpropag(fit,hvr,hit,ditvr,env)+fclutter(env),or
plitvr=fmedian(fit,hvr,hit,ditvr,env)+fclutter(env)
Thechoicebetweenfmedianandfpropagwoulddependonthecriteriaofinterference,
andiscloselyrelatedtothechoicemadeforassessmentofdRSS,e.g.whetherICEwill
evaluate:dRSSmean/iRSSmean,dRSSpropag/iRSSpropagordRSSmean/iRSSpropag.
ditvr =distancebetweentheVrandtheIt.
132
Note:SEAMCATallowsfourdifferentwaystodefineditvr.
ThisisdescribedindetailsinsectionA.1.9ofAnnex1.
gitvr=(gitmax,patternit)=gitmaxpatternit(itvr,itvr)ItantennagaintowardsVr.
gvrit=(gvrmax,patternvr)=gvrmaxpatternvr(itvr,itvr)VrantennagaintowardsIt.
Ait vr :azimuthfromVrtowardsIt(seeAnnex9),calculatedtroughatrialaccordingtothechosen
correlationtype.
( it vr , it vr ) =azimuthandelevation(thelatterwhensphericalantennapatternisdefined)anglesfrom
theclosestItantennatowardstheVrantenna.
aVr(fit,fvr):blockingattenuationofthevictimreceiver.(seeAnnex6onpage142)
A.4.3
Intermodulationinterferingfieldstrength(iRSSintermodulation)calculation
Bug warning: Note that the current implementation of IM is not running properly in SEAMCAT,
Therefore,calculationofprobabilityofintermodulationforselectedsignaltype"Intermodulation"
will produce erroneous results. This issue is under the consideration of the SEAMCAT Technical
Group.Usersareadvisednottousethismodule.
Forthecomputationoftheintermodulationproductsinthevictimreceivertwodifferentinterferingsystemsare
required,i.e.k>1:
iRSSintermodulation=f(pit,ksupplied,git,kPC,git,kvr,plit,kvr,gvrit,k,sensvr,intermod),withk=i,j.
iRSSintermod
n
10 log
i 1
10
iRSSintermod,i,j
10
i 1
i j
where:
iRSSintermodulationi,j=intermodulationproductofthirdorderatthefrequencyf0
iRSSintermodulationi,j=2*iiRSSint+ijRSSint3intermod3sensvr9dB(Note1)
Note 1: iRSSintermodulation i,j is defined in SEAMCAT as the power of intermodulation product above the noise floor of
victimreceiver,seeAppendix9toAnnex2ofERCReport68fordetaileddescriptionofthisdefinition.
Theinterfereritransmitsatthefrequencyfit,i=fitandtheinterfererjatfit,j,whichdefines f=(fit,jfit)and
yields
f0=fitf=2fitfit,j.Assuminganidealfilter(rollofffactor0)theintermodulationproducthastobeconsidered
onlyforthebandwidthb:
fvrb/2f0fvr+b/2
Forallothercasestheintermodulationproductwillbeneglected.
Anotherparametersusedintheformulaabove:
ikRSSint=pit,ksupplied,git,kPC,git,kvr,plit,kvr,gvrit,kreceivedpowerinthevictimreceiverdueto
interfererk=iatfitorinterfererk=jatfit,j.
sensvr=sensitivityofvictimreceiver
intermod=receiverintermodulationrejectionforawantedsignal3dBabovethesensitivity:
intermodisdefinedbytheuser,e.g.typicalvaluesare70dBforbasestationequipmentand65dB
formobileandhandportableequipment.Itisusedtoderivegenericlimits.
intermod(f)isdefinedasafunctionoffreferredtofvr.
133
Annex5 :Unwantedemissionsmask
A.5.1
UnwantedemissionMask
Fortheinterferingtransmitter,anemissionmask emissionit isdefinedasafunctionof f
f f it andcanbe
definedasmaximumpowerlevels emissionit (f ) inreferencebandwidth bs ( f ) specifiedbytheuser.

Thismaskcanalsobeexpressedasthemaximumof
the sum of the supplied interfering power
pitsupplied , a relative emission mask (containing the wanted
transmissionandallunwantedemissionsincludingtheemissionfloordependingonthepowercontrol)andthe
gainpowercontrol
ortheabsoluteemissionfloor.
The relative emission mask is described by a triplet (frequency offset (MHz), relative emission level (dBc) and
referencebandwidth(MHz)).TheemissionfloorisdefinedlaterinthisAnnex.
The interfering transmitter power
pitsupplied (dBm) at f it is used for evaluating the link budget with the wanted
receiver(i.e.powercontrol).
A.5.2
Unwantedemissioncalculation
Figure 144 shows the principle of the determination of the interfering power. If
f it f vr then the interfering
frequenciesfallexactlyinthereceivingbandofthevictimreceiver(cochannelinterference).
Forsimplificationwithinthealgorithmsthemaskfunction p m _ it isnormalizedto1Hzreferencebandwidth:
b
pn _ it pm _ it (f ) 10 log10

1Hz
Thebandwidth b isthebandwidthusedfortheemissionmask.Thetotalreceivedinterferingpower emissionit can
easily be calculated by integration over the receiver bandwidth from
a f vr f it bvr / 2 to
b f vr f it bvr / 2
b p ( f ) / 10
powerit 10 log10 10 n _ it
df
a
with
p n _ it denotingthenormalizedmaskindBm/Hz.Using1Hzreferencebandwidththeintegralcanbereplacedby
asummation
b p ( f ) / 10
powerit 10 log10 10 n _ it i
ia
where
powerit isgivenindBm.
Note:Theinterferingpowerofaradiosystemhavingadifferentbandwidthcanbeestimatedbytheaforementioned
algorithms.Thiscalculationisonlyrequiredfortheinterferenceduetounwantedemissionsbutnotforblockingand
intermodulation.
134
Unwanted
Transmission Mask
-20
Victim Receiver
0.05
-10
10
20
fvr - fit
fvr - fi t - bvr/2
fvr - fi t + bvr/2
-0.01
Figure144:Integrationoftheunwantedemissionsinthevictimreceiverband
Thetotalinterferingpowerrelativetocarrier emission _ relit canbecalculatedbyintegrationoverthereceiver
bandwidthfrom a
f vr f it bvr / 2 to b f vr f it bvr / 2
emission _ relit 10 log P
linear
rel
b Prel f
f df 10 loga 10 10 df
dBc
dBc
With Prel denotingthenormalizeduserdefinedmaskindBc/Hz.

ThismaskisexpressedasanarrayofN+1points ( f i , Pi ) andassumedlinearbetweenthesepoints.
PreldBc f Pi
f f i
f i 1 f i
Pi 1 Pi
Thisleadsto:
N 1 f i 1 Prel f
emission _ relit 10 log 10 10 df

i 0 f i
dBc
where:
f 0 a f vr f it Bvr / 2
f N b f vr f it Bvr / 2
Intermediatecalculation
dBc
i
emission _ rel
f i 1
f i
Pi
dBc
f
Prel
10
dBc
i
1010
dBc
i
1010
f i
K
emission _ rel
f i 1
f i
10
df
Pi 1 Pi
10 f i 1 f i
10
Pi
emission _ rel
Pi
emission _ relidBc
f i 1
f i
10
e ln K
K f i
10
f i 1
f i
f i
f i
df
Pi 1 Pi
df , K 1010 f i 1 f i
Pi
ln 10 Pi 1 Pi
10
.
K f i 1 f i 1 ,ln K
10 f i 1 f i
ln K
10
135
emission _ relidBc
Eventually:
A.5.3
10 10 Pi 1 10 Pi
fi 1 fi
ln10 Pi 1 Pi
10 N 1 Pi linear
Pi linear f i 1 f i
1
emission _ relit 10 log
dBc
Pi dBc
1 Pi
ln 10 i 0
Emissionfloor
The aforementioned formulas are also applicable to absolute emission floor emission_floorit (dBm) . This emission
floormaskcanbedescribedbyatriplet(frequencyoffset(MHz),emissionfloor(dBm),referencebandwidth(MHz)).
Figure145:illustrationoftheemissionmaskandtheunwantedemissionfloormask.
TherealemissionisboundedbytheemissionfloorbythefollowingequationandillustratedinFigure146.
emissionit max(emission _ relit pitsup plied g itPC , emission _ floorit )
Note that the value of the emission_floorit is

scaled to the Vr bandwidth. This means that
assuming a Vr bandwidth of 200 KHz and the
value of the Emission mask and Unwanted
Emission floor as presented in Figure 145, the
followingemisssionitarecalculated:
forafit=900.3MHzandfvr=900.0MHz:
emissionit=max(30+5+0,10)
emissionit=10dBm;
forafit=900.0MHzandfvr=900.0MHz:
emissionit=max(0+5+0,13)
emissionit=13dBm;
Figure146:ResultingpowerlevelforthecalculationofiRSS
136
A.5.4
ExamplesofdBcemissionmaskandrelationbetweennormalisedmaskandref.BW
mask
The following range of attenuation is considered, for a system of 30 dBm using a 20 kHz emission bandwidth. The
referencebandwidthfortheattenuationis10kHz.Withintheemissionbandwidththereferencebandwidthistaken
equaltotheemissionbandwidth.
Frequencyoffset
0to10kHz
10tolessthan20kHz
20tolessthan30kHz
30tolessthan40kHz
40tolessthan50kHz
AttenuationindBc
AttenuationindBc
0
Min(p(dBW)+30,36)
Min(p(dBW)+40,36)
0dBc
30dBc
36dBc
AttenuationindBcin
SEAMCATmask
0dBc
30dBc
36dBc
Min(p(dBW)+45,40)
50
40dBc
50dBc
40dBc
50dBc
Table33:EmissionmaskvalueasillustratedinFigure147.
Figure 147, shows the upper part of the mask derived from the table above, the whole mask is symmetric. The
frequencyoffsetisdefinedinMHz.
Figure147:ExampleofUpperpartofanEmissionMaskindBc
If the mask is symmetric, the whole mask may be obtained by using the Sym function in SEAMCAT as shown in
Figure148.N1andN2correspondtothesamelevelofpowerandcorrespondtoattenuationdefinedindBcgivenin
referencebandwidth(kHz)andnormalisedbandwidth(1MHz)respectively.
N1(dBm/Bref)=P(dBm)+Att1(dBc/Bref)
N2(dBm/1MHz)=P(dBm)+Att2(dBc/1MHz)
WherePisthePowerwithintheemissionbandwidth.
N1(dBm/Bref)andN2(dBm/1MHz)representthesamelevelofpower(Pi):
Pi(dBm)=N1(dBm/Bref)+10log(Bref)
Pi(dBm)=N2(dBm/1MHz)+10log(1MHz)
ThereforetherelationshipbetweentheattenuationsindBcdefinedinreferencebandwidthandin1MHzisgivenby:
137
Delta=N1(dBm/1MHz)N2(dBm/Bref)
Delta=Pi(dBm)10log(Bref)(Pi(dBm)10log(1MHz))
Delta=10log((1MHz)/(Bref))
Note:
Ifthereferencebandwidthislargerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwith
positivesign;
Ifthereferencebandwidthislowerthantheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationmustbedefinedwith
negativesign;
Ifthereferencebandwidthisequaltotheemissionbandwidththentheattenuationshouldbesetupatzero.
Figure148:Linkbetweenthenormalisedmaskandthemaskgiveninreferencebandwidth
A.5.5
ExamplesofcalculationusingdBc
TheITURRecommendationITURSM.329onUnwantedemissionsinthespuriousdomainprovidesadefinitionofdBc
unit,whichisdefinedasDecibelsrelativetotheunmodulatedcarrierpoweroftheemission.Inthecaseswhichdo
not have a carrier, for example in some digital modulation schemes where the carrier is not accessible for
measurement, the reference level equivalent to dBc is decibels relative to the mean power P. From this
recommendationthefollowingexampleispresented:
A land mobile transmitter, with any value of emission bandwidth, must meet an attenuation of 43+10logP, or
70dBc, whichever is less stringent. To measure the emissions the use of a reference bandwidth of 100kHz is
recommended.
Withameasuredtotalmeanpowerof10W:
Attenuationrelativetototalmeanpower=43+10log(10)=53dB
The53dBcislessstringentthan70dBc,sothe53dBcvalueisused.Therefore,emissionsmustnotexceed53dBcina
100kHzreferencebandwidth,orconvertingtoanabsolutelevel:10dBW53dBc=43dBWina100kHzreference
bandwidth.
Withameasuredtotalmeanpowerof1000W:
Attenuationrelativetototalmeanpower=43+10log(1000)=73dB
138
The73dBcismorestringentthan70dBclimit,sothe70dBcvalueisused.Therefore,emissionsmustnotexceed70
dBcina100kHzreferencebandwidth,orconvertingtoanabsolutelevel:30dBW70dBc=40dBWina100kHz
referencebandwidth.
A.5.6
DefiningaCDMAunwantedemissionmaskinSEAMCAT(InterferingLink)
A.5.6.1 BSexample
AsanexampleofaBSspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMADLasinterferer),TS25.104[1]haveshownthatdifferent
values may need to be considered depending on the BS maximum output power. Table 34 presents Spectrum
emissionmaskvalues,BSmaximumoutputpowerP43dBm.
Additional
MinimumrequirementBandI,II,III,IV,
Frequencyoffsetof
Measurement
Frequencyoffsetof
V,VII,VIII,X
requirements
measurementfilter
bandwidth
measurementfilter
BandII,IV,V,
centrefrequency,
3dBpoint,f
X
f_offset
14dBm
15dBm
30kHz
2.5MHzf<2.7
2.515MHzf_offset<
MHz
2.715MHz
15dBm
30kHz
2.7MHzf<3.5
2.715MHzf_offset<
f _ offset
14 dBm 15
2.715 dB
MHz
3.515MHz
MHz
(seenote3)
26dBm
NA
30kHz
3.515MHzf_offset<
4.0MHz
13dBm
13dBm4
1MHz
3.5MHzffmax
4.0MHzf_offset<
f_offsetmax
Table34:Spectrumemissionmaskvalues,BSmaximumoutputpowerP43dBm(from[1])
AssumingaBSTxpowerof43dBm,theequationofTable34givestheSEAMCATinputaspresentedinTable35andas
illustrated in Figure 57. Note that for this example, we add the limit from ITUR Rec. SM.329 for frequency offset
above12.5MHz[2].
MinimumrequirementBandVIII
SEAMCAT(in
Measurement
Frequencyoffsetofmeasurement
ref/measurement
bandwidth
filter3dBpoint,f
bandwidth)
14dBm
43(14)=57
30kHz
2.5MHzf<2.7MHz
Linear
30kHz
2.7MHzf<3.5MHz

f _ offset
14 dBm 15
2.715 dB
MHz
(seenote3)
26dBm
43(26)=69
30kHz
13dBm
43(13)=56
1MHz
3.5MHzffmax
Above12.5MHz
36dBm
43(36)=79
100kHz
(ITURSM.329)
Table35:Exampleofderivationof3GPPspectrumemissionmaskintoaSEAMCATinputformat(withadditionof
theITURRec.SM.329limit).
139

Figure149:IllustrationofthespectrumemissionmaskattheBSusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specificationandITURSM.329(forfrequencyoffsetlargerthan12.5MHz).
A.5.6.2 UEexample
AsanexampleofaUEspectrumemissionmasks(i.e.CDMAULasinterferer),TS25.101[3]indicatesthatthepowerof
anyUEemissionshallnotexceedthelevelsspecifiedinTable36.
finMHz
Measurement
Minimumrequirement
(Note1)
bandwidth
Absolute
Relativerequirement
requirement
2.53.5
3.57.5
7.58.5
8.512.5MHz
Note1:
Note2:
Note3:
f
2.5 dBc
35 15
MHz
3.5 dBc
35 1
MHz
7.5 dBc
39 10
MHz
49dBc
71.1dBm
30kHz
(Note2)
55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
55.8dBm
1MHz
(Note3)
fistheseparationbetweenthecarrierfrequencyandthecentreofthe
measurementbandwidth.
Thefirstandlastmeasurementpositionwitha30kHzfilterisatfequalsto2.515
MHzand3.485MHz.
Thefirstandlastmeasurementpositionwitha1MHzfilterisatfequalsto4MHz
and12MHz.
Table36:SpectrumEmissionMaskRequirement
Table 36 provides directly the values indBc which are also the formatfor theSEAMCAT input. Therefore the value
fromTable36translateintoSEAMCATasillustratedinFigure150.
140
Figure150:IllustrationofthespectrumemissionmaskattheUEusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specification.
141
Annex6 :Receiverselectivityandblockingattenuation
Thisannexaimstoexplaintheprocessofcalculationofthereceiverattenuation(denotedasavr)whenusingvarious
modesofdefiningreceiverselectivityandblocking,availableinSEAMCAT.ThevalueofavristhenappliedbySEAMCAT
tothereceivedinterferingsignaltoobtainthevalueofiRSSblocking.
A.6.1
Basicconcept
Thereceiveriscapturingsomeunwantedsignalbecauseitsfilterisnotideal.
Receiver filter
Ideal transmitter
Assumption
Real
Noise floor
Frequency
Unwanted signal captured
Figure151:Illustrationofthenonidealreceiverfilterwithrespecttoanidealinterferingtransmitter
The term Blocking is used in SEAMCAT to describe a Victim receivers selectivity function, as a measure of the
receivercapabilitytofilteradjacentunwantedsignal,sothatthisunwantedsignaldoesnotcausedegradationofthe
receivedmodulatedusefulsignalbeyondaspecifiedlimit.
Twomainmethods,coveringthreeuserselectablemodes,existinSEAMCATtodefinethisblockingfunction:
Filter attenuation (Userdefined mode ) where receiver attenuation is expressed directly as Net Filter
Discrimination(seeFigure8(b));
Blockingresponse(ProtectionratiomodeandSensitivitymode)wherereceiverattenuationiscalculatedby
SEAMCATfromacertainfundamentalrelationshipsbetweensignals,asdescribedinsectionA.3below(see
Figure 8 (a)). This is the combination of the ACS (i.e. inband power of the interfering device entering the
receiverthroughthesideresponseofitsfilteratitsadjacentchannel)andtheblockingwhichisdefinedasa3
dBincreaseinthenoisefloor.
In all cases SEAMCAT perceives receiver blocking as a receiver mask, which is generally a function of frequency
separation between interfering and desired signals f=(fItfVr), however user may also specify a constant value of
blockingacrossthewholefrequencyrange.
WhencalculatingtheiRSSblocking,SEAMCATwillapplytheobtainedreceiverattenuationvalueavrtothefullpowerof
adjacent channel interfering signal and will consider the resulting product (interfering signal at receiver input less
blockingattenuation)asthevictimreceiversinchannelnoisefloorincrease.
142
A.6.2
Userdefinedmode
Inthiscase,thereceiverattenuationisinputdirectlyasNetFilterDiscrimination(seeFigure152),withabsolutevalues
indB.ThereforeSEAMCATwilltakethereceiverattenuationavr(f)valuesdirectlyfromthefunction(mightbealso
constantvalue)enteredbytheuser.
,wheref=(fItfVr)
avr(f)=blockUsedefined(f)(dB)
ReceiverMask
Rxbandwidth
0dB
Blocking:
Attenuation(dB)
Rejection
ofthereceiver
BlockingResponse=filtering(userdefinedmode)
Figure152:IllustrationofblockingandtheassociatedBlockingResponseinauserdefinedmode
Figure153:Settinguptheblockingresponseintheuserdefinedmode
A.6.3
ProtectionratioandSensitivitymodes
InthesetwomodesSEAMCATwillcalculatethereceiverattenuationfromindirectinputparameters:
requiredprotectionratio(Protectionratiomode),or
maximumtolerableinterferencesignallevels(Sensitivitymode).
In both these modes, calculation of applicable receiver attenuation avr(f) will be based on certain fundamental
relationshipsbetweensignals,asderivedfromtheblockinglevelmeasurementsdescribedinETSIEN300113(section
9therein),withreferencetoblockingdefinitioninITURSM.3324.
A.6.3.1 Blockinglevelmeasurements
To calculate the receiver attenuation in blocking response modes, the fundamental relationships between receiver
sensitivity,wantedsignal,unwantedsignal(i.e.theinterferingsignal)andthermalnoiseneedtobeestablished,based
on the principle of measuring blocking as a level of adjacent interfering signal which results in reduction of output
powerfrommodulatedusefulsignalbyacertainlimit.
143
Thislimitofacceptablewantedsignaldegradationisassumedtobe3dB,basedonsuggestioninITURSM.3324and
the blocking measurement procedure described in ETSI EN 300 113. The latter procedure is briefly summarised as
follows(seeFigure154):
Thewantedsignal(GeneratorA)isswitchedon,tunedatreceiverfrequencyanditslevelisadjustedtothelevel
of maximum useable sensitivity of the receiver, which corresponds to BER=102 at the receiver output. The level of
wantedsignalisthenfurtherincreasedby3dB;
TheunwantedsignalisaddedbyswitchingonGeneratorB,withgivenfrequencyshiftfromreceiverfrequency,
anditsoutputlevelisfirstincreaseduntilaBER=101orworseisobtained;thendecreasedagainuntiltheBER=102is
reattainedatthereceiveroutput;
Thecorrespondinglevelofunwantedsignalisnoted.Theblockingratioisthenexpressedasratio,indB,of
thelevelofunwantedsignaltothelevelofwantedsignal;
Testisrepeatedforotherfrequencyshiftsf.
Figure154:Blockingmeasurementarrangement(fromETSIEN300113)
A.6.3.2 Receiverattenuationaselementofblockingresponse
Based on the definition and measurement procedure of blocking, it is possible to obtain the receiver attenuation
parameter avr(f) from the following fundamental relationships between wanted and unwanted signals, receiver
sensitivityandnoise,asobservedwhenblockingeventistriggered(seeFigure155):
Power
Maxunwanted
signallevel
(MaxInterfSignal)
Blocking
protection
ratio(I/C)
Wanted
signal
level
Max
sensitivity
3dB
Wanted
signal
S
Resulting
N+I
S/N
Unwanted
signal
avr(f)
/N= /(N+I)
Thermal
noise
Frequency
fVr
fIt
Figure155:Relationshipbetweensignallevelswhenblockingoccurs(ProtectionRatioandSensitivitymodes)
144
NoiseFloor+S/N=ReceiverSensitivity
NoiseFloor+S/N+3dB =WantedSignalLevelMeasurementsetup
WantedSignalLevelMeasurementsetup+Protectionratio(f)=InterferingSignalLevelBlockingtriggered
InterferingSignalLevelReceiverattenuationavr(f)=NoiseFloor
Notethatthedefinitionofavrinthefinalrelationshipisbasedontheassumptionthattheinterferingsignalisreduced
bythereceiverfiltertothelevelofthermalnoise,thuscausingincreaseofoverallreceiverinbandnoiseby3dB,i.e.
when:
NTotal=NThermal+I=whenI=NThermal=NThermal+NThermal=2NThermal=NThermal(dBm)+3dB
This corresponds to presetting of wanted signal level by 3 dB above receiver sensitivity during blocking
measurements.
ReceiverMask
Rxbandwidth
Blocking:
Rejection
ofthereceiver
fv
BlockingResponse=
(PRandSensitivitymode)
fI
ACS + Blocking
(ETSI)
(ETSI)
Figure156:IllustrationofblockingandtheassociatedBlockingResponseforbothProtectionRatioandSensitivity
mode
A.6.4
SEAMCATcalculationofreceiverattenuationintheProtectionratiomode
Inthiscalculationmodethefunctionenteredbytheuserrepresentstheprotectionratio(indB)(seeFigure157),i.e.
theratioofmaximumacceptablelevelofinterferingsignaltothewantedsignallevel,atagivenfrequencyseparation.
Theblockingvalueisrelativetothenoisefloor.
followingexpression,derivedfromtherelationshipsexplainedinsectionA.6.3.2:
(seeNote)
avr(f)=blockProtectionRatio(f)(dB)+C/(N+I)(dB)+3dB
avr(f)=InterferingSignallevel(fit)Noisefloor
Where:f=(fItfVr)andblockProtectionRatio(f)(2Figure158)istheblockingfunctionasdefinedinthesimulation
scenario.
InterferingPower( dBm )
Noise Floor (dBm )
Attenuation(dB) at f
(ProtectionRatio)
fvr
fit
Figure157:ProtectionRatio
Figure158:Settinguptheblockingresponseinthe
Protectionratiomode.
145
A.6.5
SEAMCATcalculationofreceiverattenuationintheSensitivitymode
In this calculation mode the blocking function entered by the user represents the power level (in dBm) of the
maximuminterferingsignal,whichmightbetoleratedbythereceiveratagivenfrequencyseparation.
Thefollowingequationsapply:
DesiredSignalLevel(fit)=Sensitivity(fit)+3dB
Desiredsignallevel(fit)+Blocking(f)givesthemaximumacceptableInterferingSignallevel(fit)
Therefore,theuserprovidestheMaximumacceptableInterferingSignallevel:
InterferingSignallevel(fit)=Blocking(f)+Sensitivity+3dB
followingexpression,derivedfromtherelationshipexplainedinsectionA.7.3.1:
(seeNote)
avr(f)=blockMaxInterfSignal(f)(dBm)sensvr(dBm)+C/(N+I)(dB)
Where:
f=(fItfVr)
blockMaxInterfSignal(f): (#2Figure159)blockingfunctionasdefinedinthesimulationscenario.
(#3Figure159)sensitivityoftheVr(dBm)asdefinedinthesimulationscenario.
sensvr:
Figure159:Settinguptheblockingresponseinthesensitivitymode.
Note:SEAMCATtakesthevalueofC/(N+I)directlyasenteredbytheuserinVictimreceiver
descriptioninsimulationscenariotoperformthecalculation.
Otherinterferencecriteria(C/I,(N+I)/NandI/N)donothaveanyinfluenceoncalculationof
receiverblockingattenuation.
146
A.6.6
DefiningaCDMAblockingmaskinSEAMCAT(VictimLink)
AsanexampleofaBSblockingmask(i.e.CDMAULasvictim),TS25.104[1]presentsdifferentvalueswhichmayneed
tobeconsidereddependingontheenvironment:
Level
Level
Unit
Level
Parameter
WideAreaBS
MediumRangeBS
LocalAreaBS
Datarate
12.2
12.2
12.2
kbps
Wantedsignalmeanpower
115
105
101
dBm
Interferingsignalmeanpower
52
42
38
dBm
Fuwoffset(Modulated)
5
5
5
MHz
Table37:ACSdependingontheestimatedCellsize
Inaddition,asfortheunwantedemissionscase,consideringthegapbetweenthetwobands,notonlytheACShasto
beconsidered,butalsovaluesfortheblockingatlargerfrequencyoffsets:
Typeof
Area
Interfering
Blockingvalue
WantedSignal MinimumOffset
ofInterfering
Interfering
Signalmean
inSEAMCAT
meanpower
Signal
Signal
power
WideAreaBS
40dBm
115dBm
10MHz
WCDMAsignal
75dB
MediumrangeBS
30dBm
101dBm
10MHz
WCDMAsignal
71dB
LocalAreaBS
30dBm
101dBm
10MHz
WCDMAsignal
71dB
Table38:BlockingdependingontheestimatedCellsize(ExampleheretakeninthebandVIII)
Figure160:IllustrationoftheblockingattenuationattheBSusedinSEAMCATanditsderivationfromthe3GPP
specification(ExampleforawideareaBSscenario)
147
Annex7 :HowtocalculatetheprobabilityofinterferenceforUnwantedand
Blockinginasinglerun
Note:Thisannexisintendedforadvanceduser.
A.7.1
Cantheprobabilityofinterferenceforunwantedandblockingbedoneinthesame
workspaceatonce?
First of all, what is commonly called in this handbook, the probability of interference is really the probability of
exceedinganInterferenceCriterion.
InthecalculationoftheprobabilityofexceedinganInterferenceCriterioneachoftheInterferenceCriteriacanbe
chosenbytheuser.ThereasonisthatSEAMCATfirstcomposestheiRSSvectorsdependingontheSignalTypes
(Unwanted, Blocking, Intermodulation or any combination of them) selected, e.g. a sum of unwanted and blocking
vectors.Thenitcomparesthesevectorswitheither:
thevectorsofthewantedsignal(C/I),
thewantedsignalandthenoisefloor(C/(I+N))or
thenoisefloor((N+I)/NandI/N)consideringthelimitdefinedbythechosenInterferenceCriterion.
This means that the Interference Criterion I/N can be used for blocking as well as for unwanted calculation, if the
behaviour of the victim receiver is defined by this parameter (see for instance Fixed Service, commonly defined by
onlyI/N).
IthastobenotedthatSEAMCATallowsselectingonlyoneinterferencecriterionwhencalculatingtheprobabilityof
interference.Whentheuserwantstoconsidertheimpactofbothunwantedandblockingphenomenainthesame
workspace,itmaycalculatetheprobabilityofinterferenceresultingfromeachofthosephenomenasequentially.2
simulationsareingeneralrequiredi.e.oneforunwantedandasecondoneforblocking.Theuserwillendupwith2
interferenceprobabilities(unwantedandblocking)andnotethattherealinterferenceprobabilitywillbelowerthan
thesumofthetwo.
If the interference criterion is the same for the two phenomena, then the user may select both Unwanted and
BlockingintheSignaltypewindowandtheoverallprobabilityofinterferenceiscalculatedinasinglerun.Itmay
happenthattheinterferencecriteriavaluesfortheunwantedandblockingstudyaredifferentasshowninFigure161.
Asolutiontoallowtheuserofsavingcomputationtime(i.e.torunonlyonesimulationinsteadof2)isthereforeto
compensate the differences in the interference criteria by defining the unwanted emission mask or the blocking
response. This results in a more refined total interference probability results where the combined mechanism of
unwantedandblockingistreatedsimultaneously.Anexampleispresentedinthenextsectiononhowtodoit.
Figure161:Onlyoneinterferencecriterionisselectableeventhoughunwantedandblockingmechanismsareunder
investigation.
If the interference criterion for the unwanted mechanism is different from the one considered for the blocking
mechanismasshowninFigure162,theuserisabletomapthevalueofaI/NintoanewvalueofC/I(seeAnnex2)for
blockingandthenasinglesimulationisneeded.
148
Figure162:Exampleillustratingtheproblematicofsimulatingunwantedandblockingwheninterferencecriteria
aredifferent(anyothercombinationcouldhavebeenpresented).
A.7.2
Example
LetsassumethattheinterferencecriteriafortheunwantedstudyisC/I=19dBandthattheinterferencecriteriafor
theblockingstudyisC/I=0dBasshowninFigure161.Theblockingattenuationmodeuserdefinedisassumedin
thecalculation.
Thentheuserhastwochoices:
Choice1:Runthesimulationtwice
o Run#1:UnwantedwithC/I=19dB,Pinterference=99.7%
o Run#2:BlockingwithC/I=0dBwiththeAttblock=50dB,Pinterference=42.5%
Choice2:Runasinglesimulation
o UnwantedwithC/I=19dBPinterference=99.7%
o BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAttblock+C/I=69dB,Pinterference=42.5%
o Combinedunwantedandblockingmechanismpossible.
The importance of understanding how the interference criteria is modelled in SEAMCAT is presented below. If the
userwouldhaveselectedthewrongAttblock(i.e.withoutorwronglycompensatingtheAttblockbytheC/I),theuser
wouldhaveextractedaprobabilityofinterferencedifferentfromexpectedasshowninthefollowingvalue:
BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAttblockC/I=31dB,Pinterference=99.4%
BlockingwithC/I=19dBwiththeAttblock=50dB,Pinterference=94.1%
149
Annex8 :DistributionorFunctiondefinition
A.8.1
Definingadistribution
Figure163:Distributiondialogbox
Description
Comments
Constant
Typeaconstantvalue
Userdefined
Uniformdistribution
Defineadistributioni.e.valuesassociatedwithprobability.
Definetheminandthemaxvalues.Allthevaluesbetweenthemwillhave
thesameprobability(0,1).
Gaussiandistribution
DefineaGaussiandistributionwithitsmeanandstandarddeviation
(StdDEv).
Rayleighdistribution
Uniformpolardistance
DefineaRayleighdistributionwithitsminandstandarddeviation.
Definethemaxdistance.Allthepointsaredistributedoverancirculararea
definedbymaxdistancewiththesameprobability (0,1) .Thisis
equivalenttodefiningauniformdensityoftransmittersonacirculararea
togetherwithuniformpolarangle(with360deg)oruniformdistribution
intheangledomain(0,360deg).
Uniformpolarangle
Definetheanglemax.Thevaluesincludedbetweenmaxandmaxhave
thesameprobability.Thisissimilartouniformdistributionbutintheangle
domain.
Userdefineddistribution
Inputareafortheuserdefineddistribution.Loadandsaveallowthe
150
import/exportofuserdefinedvalues.
Discreteuniformdistributions
DefinethelowerboundXminandtheUpperboundXmaxofthedistribution.
Thedistributionisadiscretedistributionbetweenfollowingvalues:
X i X min S / 2 (i 1) S
eachvaluebeingassignedthesameprobability
P X i 1 / N
with
i 1 N
N ( X max X min ) / S
(SeeFigureA3.1)
Userdefined(stair)
Userdefined(stair)isdesignedtoprovideagenericimplementationof
discretedistributions.Thesedistributionsaredefinedthroughadiscrete
setofvaluesXi,i=1NandassociatedprobabilitiesPi.
PiareenteredincumulatedformSi.
where S i
P
j 1
suchdistributionswillbeenteredinformofalistofcouples(Xi,Si).
Enteringsuchadistributionincumulatedformallowtocontrolthatthe
sumoftheprobabilitiesisequalto1.
Table39:DescriptionofthedistributionoptionsinSEAMCAT.
1 if 0 x 1
0 otherwise
Uniformdistribution: U (0,1)
x2
exp
2
2
2
1
Gaussiandistribution: G ( )
Rayleighdistribution: R ( )
r2

exp
2
2
2
r
Userdefined(stair):
ThisdistributionisdefinedthroughadiscretesetofvaluesXi,i=1NandassociatedprobabilitiesPi.Inorderto
keepcoherencewiththecontinuousdistributionandforcheckingconvenienceprobabilities,Piwillbeenteredin
cumulatedformSi,where S i
P ,suchdistributionswillbeenteredinformofalistofcouples(Xi,Si).
j 1
Enteringsuchadistributionincumulatedformallowtocontrolthatthesumoftheprobabilitiesisequalto1.
Discreteuniformdistribution:
This is a special distribution bounded by a lower boundary X min , an upper boundary X max and the step
S between the samples xi . A common example of such a distribution is the discrete frequency distribution
having a constant channel spacing. The corresponding distribution for xi is then defined by the following
equation:
151
xi X min S / 2 (i 1) S
Xmin+S/2+S*N
where
i 1...N
Xmin+S/2+S*i
N ( X max X min ) / S
S/2
Xmin
x1
S/2
x2
xi
xN
Xmax
Figure164:Discreteuniformdistribution
Inthecaseofauniformdistribution,eachvalueisassignedtothesameprobability
P ( xi ) 1 / N .
A.8.2
Definingafunction
Description
Comments
Constant
Constantvalue.
Userdefined
Inputasmanyvaluesasneededforabscissaandcorrespondingfunctionresponsevalues,
payingattentiontounitsshownintheheadingoftherelevantfunctiondefinitionwindow.
Table40:DescriptionofthefunctionoptionsinSEAMCAT.
152
Annex9 :Antennasetup
A.9.1
Antennaheight,pointingazimuthandelevation
TheGeneralscenariotabsheetsforallparticipatingtransmittersandreceiversinbothvictimandinterferinglinks
havetheAntennapointingselectionfields,allowingsetting:
Heightofantenna:Itshouldcorrespondtoitsdefinitionintheselectedpropagationmodelforthatlink(e.g.
itmightbetheheightaboveground,effectiveheightorheightabovelocalclutter).
Antennapointingazimuth:Iteffectivelymeansantennadepointing,i.e.anglebetweenthedirectionofmain
beamandthedirectiontowardsthecalculatedpositionofcorrespondingpairoftransmitterandreceiverof
the victim or interfering link. E.g. for Vr antenna the pointing azimuth value should describe the angle
betweendirectionofVrsantennamainbeamandthepathtoWt.
Thisparametermaybeusedeithertoaddcertainvariableparametertothefinallinkbudgetduetorandom
depointing of antennas (e.g. in mobile environment), or to show deliberate depointing of antenna (e.g.
choosingaparticulargainpointontheantennadirectivitypattern)
Antennapointingelevation:Itmeansthesamepreprogrammeddepointingastheabovedescribedazimuth
parameter,butinverticalplane.ThemeaningoftheseparametersisillustratedinFig.A2.1below
Antenna main beams
antenna (de-) pointing azimuth/elevation angle

direction towards the peer transceiver in a link
Figure165:Definitionoftheantennapointingazimuth/elevationangle.Note:Theplaneofthefigureishorizontal
fortheazimuthangleandverticalplanefortheelevationangle.
Note:Theseantennapointingazimuthandelevationangleshaveimpactonlyontheultimateantennagainappliedin
calculationofthelinkbudget,butnotonthemutualphysicalpositioningofpairoftransmitterandreceiver.Thelatter
isimpactedbythePathazimuthangleparameter,describedinA.9.2..
Note:Unlesssomeintentionalmeaningofantennadepointingisforeseeninsimulationscenario,itisrecommendedto
set always the antenna pointing and elevation angle parameters to const=0, meaning that the main beam of the
antennaisdirectedtowardsthecorrespondingpairoftransmitterandreceiverinalink.
A.9.2
Pathazimuth
A.9.2.1 Conventionsforazimuthangledefinitions
ForthepathazimuthsintheWt>VrandIt>Wrlinks,thereferencepointisatransmitterandtheangleisfromthe
positivedirectionofOxaxistothepathtowardsacorrespondingreceiverinalink.
153
For the path azimuth used in describing relative Vr>It positioning, the reference point is at Vr and the angle is
betweenthepositivedirectionofOxaxisandthepathtowardstheIt.
Theseprinciplesofdefiningazimuthanglesareillustratedinthefollowingpicture.
It->Wr path azimuth

distribution: 090o
It antenna azimuth
distribution: -4545o
Wri
Wrj
It
0o
45o
Vr
0o
Wti
Vr antenna azimuth
distribution: -4545o
Wtj
Wt->Vr path azimuth

distribution: 090o
Figure166:Conventionsforazimuthangledefinitions
A.9.2.2 Enteringazimuthangles
ThegeometricpositioningofvictimandinterferingsystemsinFigureA5.1maybeprogrammedwithintheSEAMCAT
interferencescenariointhefollowingway:
It>Vrpath:relativelocationmode:none,pathazimuthconstantat45o,appropriatedistanceparameters;
It>Wrpath:pathazimuth:090o;
Wt>Vrpath:pathazimuth:090o;
Vrantennapointing:either0oore.g.uniformazimuth:4545o;
Itantennapointing:either0oore.g.uniformazimuth:4545o.
PleaseconsulttherelevantTablesinAnnex1forfurtherclarificationoninputofangularparameters.
154
A.9.3
Definitionofantennapatterns
A.9.3.1 Antennadialogbox
Figure167:Antennapatterndialogbox
Description
Name:nameofthe
Antenna
Description:
commentsonthe
antenna
Antennapeakgain
Symbol Type
Horizontalpatterns:
Horizontalnormalized
antennapattern
Unit
Comments
gmax
dBi
describespeakantennagain,i.e.gaininthedirectionof
maximumradiation(mainlobe)
gV()
dB/deg
definedbypairs(,gH()),where(deg,range0...+360)
describestheangularoffsetinhorizontalplanewith
relationtothedirectionofmaximumradiation,andgH()
describestherelativegain,relatedtotheantenna
maximumpeakgain.
Note:gH()valuesshouldbenegative.
Note:TheantennapatternrangedefinitionforCDMAhas
beenmodifiedtomatchtheantennapatternsspecifiedby
3GPP(deg,range180...+180)
gH()
Verticalpatterns:
Verticalnormalized
antennapattern
Sphericalpatterns:
Sphericalnormalized
antennapattern
g S
dB/deg
Inputanglevaluesbetween90Oand90O.
Forthegain,onlyinputnegativevaluesrelativetothe
Antennapeakgain.
Itdescribestheantennasphericalradiationpattern,defined
bypairs(,gS()),where(deg,range90...+90)
describesthesphericalangle,andgS()describesthe
relativegain,relatedtotheantennamaximumpeakgain.
gS()valuesarenegativeandrelativetotheAntennapeak
gain:
cos=cos()*cos()
Table41:DescriptionoftheAntennapatternuserinterfaceinSEAMCAT.
155
By default all antennas have 0 dBi gain and are nondirectional, i.e. not having any directivity patterns associated.
Dependingonthetypeofantennatobedescribedinthescenario,theusermaydefineitbymodifyingtheantenna
gainandactivatingoneormoreofradiationpatterns(e.g.usermayfeelitsufficienttoactivatehorizontalpattern,but
iftheverticaldiscriminationisimportant,bothverticalandhorizontalpatternscouldbeactivatedaswell).
It is assumed that the frequency has no impact on antenna efficiency/gain, therefore antenna gains are calculated
basedonpurepeakgaincombinedwithnecessaryangulardiscriminationincaseofdirectionalantennas(i.e.antennas
havingradiationpatternsassignedinthescenario).
A.9.4
AntennaGain
A.9.4.1 Ifnosphericalantennapatternisdefined:
ThecalculationoftheantennagainforapathbetweenTrx1andTrx2isperformedasfollows:
H
H pattern
Gaininhorizontalplane:ifhorizontalantennapatternisdefined,then g trx
trx1trx 2
1trx 2 f trx1
V
V pattern
Gaininverticalplane:ifverticalantennapatternisdefined,then: g trx
trx1trx 2
1trx 2 f trx1
IftheHorizontalandverticalplanesarecombined,thetotalantennagainisthencalculatedusingthefollowing
approximation:
IFabs( g wr it g wr it )<3dB
H
max
H
V
max
g wr it f ( g wr
, g wr
it , g wr it ) g wr
H
V
g wr
it g wr it
(inlineardomainnotindB)
2
ELSE
max
H
V
g wr it g wr
min( g wr
it , g wr it ) (inlineardomainnotindB)
A.9.4.2 Ifsphericalantennapatternisdefined:
S
S pattern
Thesphericalanglegainiscalculated: g trx
arccoscostrx1trx 2 costrx1trx 2
1trx 2 f trx1
max
S
max
S
Totalgainisthencalculatedasfollows: g trx1trx 2 f g trx
1 , g trx 1trx 2 g vr g trx1trx 2
Figure168:AntennapatterninX&Ycoordinate
Figure169:Sameantennapatternasontheleftbutin
polarcoordinate
156
Annex10 :Radius
A.10.1 Coverageradius
Coverage radius parameter is used to describe the operational area of the victim and/or interference systems.
SEAMCATallowsthreemodesfordefiningthecoverageradius.
UserDefinedradius(constantvalue)
Noiselimitednetwork(calculatedbytheEGEatthestartofsnapshotsgeneration)
Trafficlimitednetwork(calculatedbytheEGEatthestartofsnapshotsgeneration)
A.10.1.1 Userdefinedcoverageradius
TheoriginofthecoverageradiusistheWantedTransmitter.
Figure170:Userdefinedcoverageradiusdialogbox
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Coverageradius
Rmax
km
Inputacoverageradius,andfixitwithapathlossconstant
ormakelittlevariationaroundthisradius.Usefultogivea
fixedvalueforthecoverageradius.
Table42:DescriptiononUserdefinedcoverageradius
A.10.1.2 Noiselimitednetwork
Figure171:Noiselimitednetworkcoverageradiusdialogbox
157
ThecoverageradiusinthenoiselimitednetworkisdefinedbytheparametersofTable43.
Description
Propagationmodel
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Choosebetweenpredefinedmodels(Hata,Spherical
diffraction,Freespace,ITURP.1546,SE24model)
Referenceantenna
height(receiver):
h0
Theheightusedforcoverageradiuscalculations.Ifa
distributionisusedtodefinetherealheight,thecoverage
radiuswouldbedifferentineachtrial,herethevaluemay
befixed.
Referenceantenna
height(transmitter):
Referencefrequency
h0
Theheightusedforcoverageradiuscalculations.
Referencepower
Minimumdistance
Maximumdistance
Availability
Fadingstandard
deviation
Referencepercentage
oftime
fvr
Pwt
dBm
km
km
%
dB
MHz
Table43:descriptionoftheNoiselimitednetworkcoverageradiususerinterface
Assuming that the received power is equal to the sensitivity of the victim receiver, then the radius Rmax can be
determinedforthewantedradiopathbythefollowingequationaccordingtoERCReport68(thisfeatureisavailable
onlyforpredefinedpropagationmodelsandnotforuserdefinedpropagationmodels).
Fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt, Rmax,env) Fslowfading (X%) Pwt g wt gvr sensvr
wherethepathlossisdefinedbyamedianlossplusanadditionaltermrepresentingthedistribution
ploss Fmedian Fslowfading (X%)
Thedistributionoftheofthepathloss ploss canbeexpressedinageneralwaybythefollowingequation:
Q( a, Rmax ) y
where Q isthecumulativedistributionforRmaxandtheresultingmeanpathloss andanadditionalpathloss a

duetoavailabilityorcoverage y .Theavailability yofthesystemislinkedtothecoveragelossthroughthesimple
relation y=1x.Assumingthatslowfadingcanbeapproximatedbylognormaldistribution,i.e.median mean,
therelation a b canbeintroducedwhere b standsforamultipleofthewellknownstandarddeviation .A
fewexamplesforillustration:Ata95%coverage, b resultsin1.96,for99%in2.58,for99.9%in3.29,or b 1 68%
coverage,for b 2 for95.5%.TheexactvaluescanbeeasilydeterminedbyusingtheinverseGaussianfunction.
Thentheequation:
v(Rmax) Pwt g wt gvr sensvr Fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt , Rmax,env)b
The determination of the zero of function v, is made through a recursive method such as regulafalsi used in
logarithmicscalewhichshouldyieldabetterprecision.Thesolutionofsuchamethodprovides:
~
Rmax Rmax0
Rmax0 Rmax1 v(Rmax0)

v(Rmax0)v(Rmax1)
Faster convergence can be obtained by applying the distance in logarithmic scale, i.e. the variable R has to be
replaced
by
In
this
case,
formulas
given
for
log(R) .
Fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt , Rmax,env) Fslowfading (X%) Pwt g wt gvr sensvr havetobeinverted.
Note 1: Inverse of the normalised Gaussian cumulative distribution is implemented through a piecewise
approximation.
Note2:Rotobesetto1m(0.001km)
158
Note3:Ifafterrunningthesimulationitappearsthattheresultingcoverageradiusisequalorveryclosetothe
minimumdistanceorthemaximumdistanceusedincalculationofcoverageradius,itislikelythatthereisamistakein
thevaluesprovidedbytheuser.Thiscanbesolvedbyreducingtheminimumdistanceorincreasingtheminimum
distanceusedincalculation,sothatthealgorithmmayfindthecorrespondingcoverageradius.
WhensettingtheRmin,Rmaxvalues,pleaseobservethevalidityrangeasappropriatefortheselected
propagationmodel.OtherwiseSEAMCATwillproducetheerrormessagewhenstartingasimulation.
A.10.1.3 Trafficlimitednetwork
Figure172:Trafficlimitednetworkcoverageradiusdialogbox
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Density
dens max
1/km2
Numberofchannels
it
n channel
Numberofusersper
channel
Frequencycluster
it
nuserpercha
nnel
it
cluster frequency
Maximumnumberofactivetransmitterper
km2
Numberoffrequencychannelsthataradio
systemprovides
NumberofMSperfrequencychannel
providedbyaradiosystem
Sizeofagroupoffrequencychannels.See
Figure126forillustrativedetails.
Table44:Descriptionofthetrafficlimitednetworkcoverageradiususerinterface
wt
it
Thecoverageradius Rmax (Interferinglink)orRmax (Victimlink)isdeterminedfromthefollowingequation:
densmax R
2
it
max
it
it
nchannels
nusersperchannel
it
clusterfrequency
hence:
it
Rmax
nchannels nusersperchannel
densmax clusterfrequency
A.10.2 Simulationradius(Uniformdensityoption)
Thesimulationradiusparameterisusedtodescribetheradiusofthecoveragewheretheinterferingtransmittersare
distributedaroundthevictimreceiver.
159
ThisfunctionisaimedforthecalculationofthesimulationradiusRsimuoftheareawheretheinterferingtransmitters
arespread(centredonthevictimreceiver)i.e.thedistancebetweentheVrandtheIt( d it vr ).
Figure173:Simulationradiusdialoguebox
Page
Symbol
densit
Type
S
Pit
Description
Densityof
transmitters
Probabilityof
transmission
Activity
p.64
Comments
Maximumnumberofactivetransmittersperkm2
Unit
1/km
2
activityit
1/h
Time
time
hour
Protection
distance
d0
(km)
Temporalactivityvariationasafunctionofthetimeof
theday(hh/mm/ss)
Timeoftheday.Iftheactivityfunction(above)isdefined
bytheuser,hereitshouldbespecifiedwhichhour(from
thedefinedrangeoffunction)shouldbeconsideredina
simulation
MinimumdistancebetweentheVictimreceiverandthe
Interferingtransmitter
Table45:Settinguptheinterferesdensity
active
: numberofactiveinterferersinthesimulation(nactiveshouldbesufficientlylargesothatthe(n+1)thinterferer
wouldbringanegligibleadditionalinterferingpower).Thisinformationisinputbytheuserasdescribedin
Annex1.
ThesimulationradiusofinterfererareaRsimuisdefinedas
Rsimu
n active
densitactive
wheredensitactiveisthedensityofactivetransmittersandisdefinedas
densit densit pit activityit (time)
Ifaminimumprotectiondistance (d0) betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthenRsimu

resultsin:
active
Rsimu
tx
n active
d 02
densitactive
Eachtrialwith d it vr d 0 willberejectedandrepeatedforanothertrialproducing d it vr d 0 .
160
Annex11 :Powercontrolfunction(fornonCDMAonly)
A.11.1 Powercontrolintheinterferinglink
ApowercontrolfeatureisimplementedwithinSEAMCATfortheinterferinglink(seeexampleonp.66).Whenthis
featureisactivated,thisintroducesapowercontrolgainfortheinterferingtransmitter,definedas:
gitPC=fPC(pitsupplied,gitwr,plitwr,gwtit,PCthreshold,PCdyn,PCstep)
where:
pitsupplied
Powersuppliedbytheinterfererbeforepowercontrol
gitwt
Interferingtransmitterantennagaininwantedreceiverdirection
gwtit
Wantedreceiverantennagainininterferingtransmitterdirection
plitwr
pathlossbetweentheinterferingtransmitterandthewanted
receiver
PCthreshold
powercontrolreceiverthreshold,ifthereceivedpowerislowerthanthisthreshold,then
nopowercontroltakesplace(dBm)
PCdyn
PCstep
powercontroldynamicrange(dB)
stepsofpowercontrol(dB)
Thepowerreceivedinthewantedreceiverresultsin:
p=pitsupplied+gitwrplitwr+gwtit
Itdistinguishedbetween3cases:
Case1(Receivedpowerbelowpowerthreshold): pPCthreshold
gitPC=0
Case(i+1)(withinpowercontrollimits):
PCthreshold+(i1)PCstepp<PCthreshold+iPCstep
gitPC=(i1)PCstep
whereiisanintegerrangingfrom1ton_step=(PCdyn)/(PCstep)
Case(n_step+2)(beyondpowercontrollimits):
pPCthreshold+PCdyn
gitPC=PCdyn
A.11.2 Powercontrolinthevictimlink
Thepowercontrol,inthevictimlink,isasimplifiedpowercontrolmechanismwhichensuresonlythatacertaindRSS
isnotexceededinthevictimreceiver.
Thereceivepowerdynamicrangeinputparameter(denotedPcmaxinTable19)isthemaximumrangeofthereceive
powerthatavictimreceivercanaccept,intermsofthemaximumreceivepowerovertheVrssensitivitythreshold.
This means that if the trialled dRSS value exceeds (sens+Pcmax), the dRSSmax is set to the sensitivity + Receive
powerdynamicrange.Figure174(a)and(b)presentanexampleonhowtosetthePCoffandonrespectively.Figure
175(a)and(b)illustratestheeffectofthepowercontrolinthevictimlinkforPCoffandonrespectively.
161
(a)
(b)
Figure174:SettingupthePowercontrolforthevictimlink(a)PCoff(b)PCon
(a)
(b)
Figure175:illustrationofthePowercontroleffectonthevictimlink(a)PCoff(b)PConwithalimitof98dBm=
103dBm(sens)+5dB(Pcmax)
162
Annex12 :ACS,ACLRandACIRapproachinSEAMCAT
A.12.1 General
Whereaninterferertransmitsatafrequencythatliesoutsidethenominalpassbandofthewantedsignal,thelevelof
interferenceexperiencedisafunctionofa)theinterferersspectralleakage,asdefinedbyitsemissionpowerspectral
density,andb)thefrequencyresponseofthefilteringatthereceiver.Thesetwoeffectscanbecharacterisedbythe
interferersadjacentchannelleakageratio(ACLR)andthereceiversadjacentchannelselectivity(ACS)respectively,as
illustratedinFigure176.Thecombinationofthesetwoparameters,intheformof
ACIR
1
1
1
ACLR ACS
representsthefractionofthereceivedinterfererpowerwhichisexperiencedasinterferencebythereceiver,andis
referredtoastheadjacentchannelinterferenceratio(ACIR).
TheACLRofasignalisdefinedastheratioofthesignalspower(nominallyequaltothepoweroverthesignalspass
band) divided by the power of the signal when measured at the output of a (nominally rectangular) receiver filter
centredonanadjacentfrequencychannel.BysettinguptheunwantedemissionmaskinSEAMCAT,itispossibleto
displaydirectlytheACLR(facilityonlyavailableintheOFDMAmoduleversion).
The ACS of a receiver is defined as the ratio of the receivers filter attenuation over its passband divided by the
receivers filter attenuation over an adjacent frequency channel. It can be readily shown that ACIR1 = ACLR1+
ACS1.ThevictimreceiverblockingattenuationisusedinSEAMCATtoinputtheACS.
TheACIRisdefinedastheratioofthepowerofanadjacentchannelinterfererasreceivedatthevictim,dividedby
theinterferencepowerexperiencedbythevictimreceiverasaresultofbothtransmitterandreceiverimperfections.
Inotherwords,forareceivedinterfererpoweratafrequencyoffsetfromthewantedsignal,andforanACIR(function
ofthefrequencyoffset),theexperiencedinterferencepowerisreducedbytheACIRassketchedinFigure176.
Frequency
Offset
Tx
1
Rx
ACLR
ACS
Transmiter
mask
Receiver
filter
frequency
Figure176:InterferenceasaresultoflimitedACLRandACS
Note:Thiskindofdescriptionoftheadjacentfrequencybandsparametersforcompatibilityissuesiswidelyusedin
the3GPPstandardization.
163
A.12.2 ACIRinDL
InDLACIR1=ACLRBS1+ACSUE1,andthedominantpartofACIRisduetotheUEfrequencyselectivity(ACS)(i.e.ACLRBSis
verylargecomparetoACSUEandACIRACSUE.
Therefore by varying the ACS of the victim receiver, it is possible to compare 3GPP methodology with SEAMCAT
results.
Figure23:IllustrationoftheselectionoftheACS
A.12.3 ACIRinUL
InULACIR1=ACLRUE1+ACSBS1,andthedominantpartofACIRisduetotheUEadjacentchannelleakage(ACLR)(i.e.
ACSBSisverylargecomparetoACLRUEandACIRACLRUE.
InSEAMCAT,withtheOFDMAversionitispossibletoextracttheACLR(peradjacentchannel)foranygivenspectrum
mask as shown in Figure 177. Note that the ACLR information is only useful as display for the user to create the
spectrummaskwhichwouldfitaspecificACLR.TheusercandisplaytheACLRforthespectrummaskbyenteringthe
sizeoftheinterferingemissionbandwidthin#1andbyclickingon#2.Bydefault,SEAMCATusesavalueof1.25MHz
forthedisplay.TheACLRvalueitselfisneverusedinanyofthealgorithmofSEAMCAT.
Figure177:SettinguptheunwantedemissionmaskandextracttheACLR.
164
Annex13 :CDMA
A.13.1 ExampleonCDMAoptimalcapacity
Figure178:NoninterferedcapacityfindingDownlink(extractofFigure64)
Users(UEs)percell=20
Numberoftrial=20
Deltanumberofusers(UEs)percell=20
Toleranceofinitialoutage:5%
Numberofbasestations=19
1. Run[numberoftrials]with20UEspercell
a. Eachtrialconsistofthefollowinghighlevelsteps:
i. GenerateCDMAsystemasspecifiedinscenario
ii. Add[UEpercell]x[numberofbasestations]=380UEs
iii. Runpowerbalancingwithoutaddinganyexternalinterference
iv. AfterpowerbalancingnoteifthepercentageofdroppedUEsisbelow5%. 3
v. Countthenumberofsuccessfultrialsandseeifitisstillpossibletoreachthe80%target.
A. After17trialsSEAMCATconcludesitisnotpossibletoreach80%and20UEspercellislessthanthe
specifiedsystemsoptimalcapacity 4
B. Adjust[UEpercell]byadding[deltaUEpercell](20+20=40)andgotostep2.
With380UEsinthesystemandatoleranceof5%nomorethan19UEscanbedroppedduringpowerbalancingif
trialistobeconsideredsuccessful
Asmorethan80%isalreadysuccessfulthereisnoneedtosimulatemoretrials
165
2. Run[numberoftrials]with40UEpercell
a. Sameasstep(a)abovebutnowthesystemisfilledwith40x19=760UEandallowedoutageis5%of760(38
UEs)
A. Afterrunning5trialsofwhichnonehavebeensuccessfulSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemisfilled
withtoomanyusers
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(20/2=10)
C. Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](4010=30)andgotostep3
a. Systemisfilledwith(30x19=570)andtoleranceis28UEs
A. Afterrunning5trialsofwhichnonehavebeensuccessfulSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemisfilled
withtoomanyUEs
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(10/2=5)
C.
Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](305=25)andgotostep4
A. Afterrunning10trials5ofthemhavebeenunsuccessfulsoSEAMCATdeterminesthatthesystemis
filledwithtoomanyUEs
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(5/2~3)
C.
Adjust[UEspercell]bysubtracting[deltaUEspercell](253=22)andgotostep5
5. Runof[numberoftrials]with22UEspercell
A. After17trialsSEAMCATconcludesitisnotpossibletoreach80%and20UEspercellislessthanthe
specifiedsystemsoptimalcapacity
B. Adjust[deltaUEspercell]bydividingwith2(3/2~2)
C.
Adjust[UEspercell]byadding[deltaUEspercell](22+2=24)andgotostep6
6. Runof[numberoftrials]with24UEspercell(letsassumethatitistheendofFigure178)
a. Forthepurposeofthisexampleweassumethat24UEpercellistheoptimalcapacityforthetestedsystem.
b. After20trialsweassumethat16trialsweresuccessfulsooptimalcapacityfindingisterminatedand
SEAMCATstartstheactualsimulation.
166
A.13.2 DetailedinformationonthelastCDMAsnapshot
A.13.2.1 Introduction
WhenascenariocontainsoneormoreCDMAnetworksSEAMCATpreservesthestatusofthesimulatedsystemsfor
thelastsnapshot.
Note:Thisstatusiskeptinmemoryonlyandcannotbeaccessedwhenloadingresultsfromaremoteserverorasaved
workspace.Whenanothersimulationisrunafterwards,theCDMAvaluesofthesnapshotarenotdisplayedanymore.
TodisplaytheCDMAdetails,theusershouldselecttheCDMASystemDetailstabasshowninFigure179.Please
notethatinSEAMCAT3.2thistabisnamedCellularStructure(SeeAnnex14onpage181).
Figure179:Tabstripatbottomofscreenusedtoswitchbetweenvisuallayouts
ClickingthetabbringsfocustothescreenshowninFigure180.PleaserefertoTable46fordetailsonthenumbered
elements.
Figure180:CDMASystemDetails
167
ID
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Plotconfigurationdetermineswhatisshowninthemainplotarea.SeesectiononPlot
configurationbelowfordetails.
Legendcanbetoggledfromtheplotconfiguration
MainplotareaprovidesvisualinformationonthedisplayedCDMAnetwork.SeePlotAreasection
andAnnexA.13.2.6onp.171belowfordetails.
Tipscanbetoggledfromtheplotconfiguration
Summaryofsnapshotprovidesafewmetricsonthecapacityoftheshownsystem.SeeSnapshot
Summarysectionbelowfordetails.
Selectionofdisplayedsystem.IfmorethanoneCDMAnetworkispresentinthescenariothisishowto
switchbetweenthem.SeeFigureA155
Note:OnlyoneCDMAnetworkcanbeinspectedatatime
Whentrisectorlayoutisusedintheselectedsystemthisisusedtoselectthesectorofaselectedbase
station.
Detailsofselectedelementclickandelementinthemainplotareatoviewthedetailsinthistable.If
noelementisselectedthetabledisplaygeneralinformationaboutthedisplayedsystem.Pleasereferto
Table50toTable52fordetailsoninformationshownandAnnexA.13.2.5fordetailsonhowtoselect
thecorrectelement.
Table46:Descriptionofvisualelements
168
A.13.2.2 Plotconfiguration
The top part of the detailed system information screen contains a range of checkboxes used to control which
informationisplotted(Figure181).AfulldescriptionofeachcheckboxisgiveninTable47.
Figure181:Plotconfiguration
Name
Users
Droppedusers
Connectionlines
TXstats
AntennaPattern
Cellcentre
ExternalInterferers
CellID#
Legend
Description
PlotactiveUEsacrosstheentiresystem
PlotdroppedUEsacrosstheentiresystem
PlotactiveconnectionsforallactiveUEsthisonlyshowsifUEsarechecked
Ifsystemisdownlinkthistogglesthedisplayofthetransmitpowerofeachbase
station.Ifsystemisuplinkthistogglesthedisplayofthenoiseriseofeachbase
stationaswellasthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythatbasestation.Alsothe
numberofactiveUEsconnectedtoeachbasestationisshownregardlessoflink
direction.
Togglesavisualrepresentationoftheantennapatternoftheselectedbasestation.
Thisismostlyinterestingintrisectorscenarios.Theplotoftheantennapatterncan
beusedtoensurethatthecorrectsectorisselected.(SeeTable46ID7)fordetails
onhowtochangesector.
Togglesthedisplayofbasestationpositionwithinthecell.
Togglesthedisplayofexternalinterferers.ThisonlyhaseffectwhenCDMAisvictim.
TogglesthedisplayoftheinternalSEAMCATcellidnexttothecellcentre
Togglesthedisplayofthelegendinthetopleftpartofthemainplotarea
Table47:Plotconfigurationelements
169
A.13.2.3 SnapshotSummary
ItprovidesafewmetricsonthecapacityresultsofthelastsnapshotasshowninFigure182.
Figure182:Snapshotsummary
Name
TotalUsers
ConnectedUsers
(active/inactive)
DroppedUsers
Description
ThetotalnumberofUEsinthesystem
(numberofBSxUEspercell)
NumberofUEsconnected(notdropped)
Activeisvoiceactive
Inactiveisvoiceinactive
Theratioofvoiceactivityissetasaninputparametertothesystem.Notethatonly
voiceactiveUEsareusedinthecalculationsandshownintheplot
NumberofUEsdroppedafterpowerbalancing.IfCDMAisvictimitisthenumberof
UEsdroppedafterintroductionofinterference.NotethatuplinkCDMAdropsUEs
basedontheaveragenoiseriseinthesystemsoitispossibleforasingleinterfererto
shutdowntheentiresystem(causingallUEstobedropped).
Table48:Snapshotsummarydescription
A.13.2.4 CDMAnetworkselection
IfmorethanoneCDMAnetworkisavailableinthescenariothedropdownshownas#6onFigure180isusedtoselect
thesystemshowninthedetailswindow(Figure183).
Figure183:Selectingtheactivesystem
A.13.2.5 PlottingOptions
Theplottingoptionscontrolhowthesystemisshowninthemainplotareaandhowtheuserselectselementsfrom
thesystem.ThispottingoptioncanbeseenontheoverviewpageFigure180.Theusercanzoominandoutbyusing
eitherthemousewheelortheZoomFactorslidershowninFigure184.
Figure184:Zoomfactor
WhenclickingonadisplayeditemSEAMCATtriestomatchthecoordinatesoftheclicktoaCDMAelementselecting
thefirstmatcheditem.Elementsaresearchedinthefollowingorder:
170
Detailedplotclicksearchalgorithm
1.
Ifcontrolkeyispressed:
a.
IfaUEisalreadyselectedtrytoselectalinkbymatchingclicktooneof:
i. BasestationsinactivelistofselectedUE
ii. Otherbasestationsinthesystem
b.
Ifabasestationisalreadyselectedtrytoselectalinkbymatchingclicktooneof:
i. ActiveUEsconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
ii. DroppedUEswhowereconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
2.
TrytomatchtoVoiceactiveUEs
3.
TrytomatchtoDroppedUEs
4.
TrytomatchtoBasestations
5.
TrytomatchtoExternalinterferers
6.
IfabasestationisalreadyselectedtrytoselectUEbymatchingclicktooneof
a.
ActiveUEsconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
b.
DroppedUEswhowereconnectedtotheselectedbasestation
Note: Only elements shown in the plot are searched, i.e. if Simulate Non Interfered Capacity is not checked in
Figure101,step5aboveisskipped.
WhenSEAMCATtriestomatchtheclicktoanelementitallowsforacertainamountofuncertaintywhenmatching
thecoordinates.Thisuncertaintyisalsocalledclickradiustoillustratetheeffectoftheactualclickpointbeinginthe
centreofacircleusedtosearchforCDMAelements.Theclickradiuscanbeadjustedbytheuserandincombination
withthezoomthisallowsforallelementstobeselectedusingthealgorithmsuppliedabove.
Figure185:Clickradiususedtocontrolwhichelementisselected
Itisoftenthecasethatanelementdifferentthandesiredornoelementatallisselectedwhenclickingtheplot.This
problemisresolvedbyzoominginandpossiblychangingtheclickradius.
A.13.2.6 PlotArea
ThemainpartoftheCDMAnetworkDetailswindowisusedbythemainplot.Theplotshowsavisualrepresentation
ofthelastsnapshotandshouldbeusedtovalidatethattheinputparametersactuallycorrespondstothesystemthat
shouldbesimulated.Theplotallowsforheavyuserinteraction.AverybasicexampleisshownFigure186below.
Whenanelementisselectedusingthemainplot,SEAMCATupdatesthetableshownin#8inFigure180.
171

Figure186:MainplotofCDMAnetwork
172
A.13.2.7 DetailsofCDMAnetwork
Whenanitemisselectedinthemainplotareaitsdetailsareshowninthedetailstable(Figure180#8).Thevalues
showndependonthetypeofelement.Whennoelementisselectedthesystemitselfisconsideredtobeselectedand
thetableisasshowninFigure187.
Figure187:DownlinksystemdetailsseeTable49
Name
Linkdirection
Description
LinkdirectionoftheCDMAnetwork
Frequency
CarrierfrequencyoftheCDMAnetworkasenteredbytheuser
Bandwidth
Bandwidthofthesystemasenteredbytheuser
CellRadius
ThecellradiusoftheCDMAnetworkisbasedon3GPP2andisequivalenttoRinthe
graphicbelow.
Bitrate
Bitrateofthesystemasenteredbytheuser.(usedtocalculatethesystemprocessing
gain)
LinkLevelData
Usedtomapthelinklevelsimulation(bitlevel)tothesystemlevelsimulation(SIR
level)asselectedbytheuser
Totalnon
SamevalueasshownintheSnapshotsummary.
interferedcapacity
173
Name
Noninterfered
capacitypercell
Numberoftrials
duringcapacity
test
Obtainedsuccess
rate
Description
NumberofactiveUEswhentheCDMAnetworkisbalanced.Note:Thisistheresultof
theoptimalcapacityfindingsimulationandthevaluetoextractandinputtoreuse
theresult.
Thenumberoftrialsinputparameter
Theresultofoptimalcapacityfindingforthecapacityused.Thiscanbedifferentthan
thetarget(0.8fordownlinkandtargetnoiseriseforuplink)ifthealgorithmhas
detectednarrowoscillation(backandforthbetweenthesamevalues).Pleaserefer
totheCDMAspecificationformoredetailsonthisalgorithm.
Numberofignored Linklevelvaluesareextrapolatedfromthevaluesinputandthereisabuildinhard
users(duetoLLD) codedstopifaUEisrequiringmorethanhalfofreceivedsignaltobethewanted
signal.AnyUEsrequiringmorethanthislimitisautomaticallydropped.Thisnumber
countsthenumberofUEsinthissnapshotdroppedduetothislimit.
Totaldropped
TotalnumberofdroppedUEs(bothdueinternalandexternalinterference)
users
Usersdropped
NumberofUEsdroppedbypowerbalancebeforetheintroductionofexternal
before
interference.AlongwiththetotalnumberofdroppedUEsthisgivesinsightintothe
interference
impactofexternalinterferencecomparedtotheinternalinterference.
Numberofignored Duplicatewillberemoved
users(duetoLLD)
Propagationmodel Thenameoftheselectedpropagationmodelforthesystem
Maximumtraffic
Thisisthemaximumtransmitpowerforasingletrafficchannel(UE)deductedfrom
channel
themaximumtransmitpowerforthebasestationsandthespecifiedmaximumtraffic
proportion
channelfraction.
Thermalnoise
CalculatedvalueofthermalnoisepleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetailson
howthisiscalculated.
Percentageof
LinearpercentageofvoiceactiveUEswhoareinsofthandover.Thisisvery
activeusersin
dependentontheselectedpropagationmodel.
softhandover
Percentageof
LinearpercentageofdroppedUEsinsofthandover.
droppedusersin
softhandover
Table49:Downlinksystemdetails
174
A.13.2.8 Detailsofvoiceactiveuser
WhenavoiceactiveUEisclicked(Figure188)thedetailsshowninFigure189(DL)andFigure190(UL)andTable50is
shown.
Figure188:Voiceactiveuserselected
Figure189:Detailsofvoiceactiveuserdownlink
Figure190:Detailsofvoiceactiveuseruplink
Name
Description
Userid
UEIDintheCDMAnetwork
(x,y)informationinkm
TheUEcanbeoneofconnected/dropped/Notallowedto
connect(seeTable48UEsfordetails).
SpeedoftheselectedUE(frominputdistributionparameter)
position
status
Speed
175
Link
direction
General
General
General
General
Name
Description
Geometry
Calculatedgeometry.PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfor
details.
PleaserefertoCDMAspecificationfordetails.
ExtrapolatedvaluefromLinkLevelData.
ThelevelofexternalinterferenceexperiencedbythisUE
Discontinuedparameterwillberemovedin3.2
Discontinuedparameterwillberemovedin3.2
Trueorfalse
Sumofinnersysteminterference.Thisisthesumofreceived
powerfromallbasestationstowhichtheselectedUEisNOT
connected.
Sumofreceivedpowerfromconnectedbasestations.Thisis
includesthepilotpower.
Thesumofreceivedtrafficpowerfromconnectedbasestations.
Thisisthewantedsignal.
MetricdistancetothebasestationwiththeshortestdistanceindB
(pathloss)
TheCartesianangle.Usedwhenthebasestationantennahasa
definedhorizontalpattern
Onlycalculatedandusedwhenbasestationhasadefinedvertical
pattern
IftrisectorlayoutisusedthisindicateswhichsectortheUEis
connectedto
Actualantennagaintobasestation.
AchievedEC/Ior
RequiredEC/Ior
ExternalInterference
Activelist
Connectionlist
Isinsofthandover
Totalpowerreceived
frominactivelist
Totalpowerreceived
fromactivelist
Trafficchannelpower
Distancetofirstcellin
activeset
Angletofirstcellin
activeset
Elevationangletofirst
cellinactivelist
Connectedsectorof
firstcellinactivelist
Antennagainfromfirst
BSinactivelist
Multipath
AchievedCI
RequiredEb/No
Transmitpower
Randomlyselectedvalueof1or2usedtodetermineLinkLevel
Data.
ExtrapolatedvaluefromLinkLevelData.
TheactualtransmitpowerofthisUE
Table50:Parametersofvoiceactiveuserdetails
176
Link
direction
Downlink
Downlink
Downlink
Downlink
General
General
General
Downlink
General
General
General
General
General
General
General
Uplink
Uplink
Uplink
Uplink
A.13.2.9 Detailsofinactivelink
WhentheactiveUEisselected(Figure191),CTRLandselectanyBS,todisplaythedetailsofthelinkbetweenthetwo
(Figure192).
DLcase
ULcase
Figure191:inactivelink
Figure192:Detailsofselectedlink
Name
Userid
Description
UEIDofselectedUE
Inuseractivelist
FalseorTrue
Cellid
IDoftheselectedbasestation
Celllocationid
Intrisectorscenariosthecellidisnotalwaysequaltothecellid.The
celllocationsrangefrom119.
Connectedsectorofcelllocation Theconnectedsectoroftheselectedbasestation
Userposition
(X,Y)inkm
177
Name
CellPosition
Usingwraparound
distance
BSantennagain
UEantennagain
Pathloss
Effectivepathloss
Horizontalangle
Verticalangle
Totaltransmitpower
Powerscaleddowntomax
Powerscaleddowntomaxby
Totalreceivedpower
Description
(X,Y)inkm
Isthelinkusingwraparound?Mostoftenlongconnectionareusing
wraparoundbutitreallydependsontheselectedpropagationmodel.
TheBStoUEdistance
Calculatedantennagainforthebasestation
AntennagainfortheUEinputparameter
CalculatedpathlossindBfortheselectedlink.
ActualvalueofpathlossafteradjustmentforMCL
AnglefromUEtoBS
AnglefromUEtoBS
Transmitpowerofeitherbasestation(downlink)orUE(uplink)
Deprecatedparameterwillberemovedin3.2
Deprecatedparameterwillberemovedin3.2
Powerreceivedonthislinkbyeitherbasestation(uplink)orUE
(downlink)
Table51:Parametersofselectedlinkdetails
178
A.13.2.10
DetailsofCDMAcell
WhenaBSisselected,thefollowinginformationisshown(Figure193andFigure194forULandFigure195forDL).
Figure193:BSselected
Figure194:DownlinkBSselected
Figure195:UplinkBSselected
179
Name
Description
CellID
IDofselectedbasestation
Transmitpower
TransmitpoweroftheBS
Totalinterference
SumofinternalandexternalinterferenceattheBS
Numberofservedusers
SumofvoiceactiveandvoiceinactiveUEs
AntennaHeight
Valuefromtheinputdistribution
Numberofdroppedusers
UEsdroppedfromthebasestation
Outagepercentage
FractionofconnectedUEsthatweredropped
Noiseriseoverthermalnoise
ThenoiseriseexperiencedattheselectedBS
Position
(X,Y)inkm
PilotchannelPower
Powerforthepilotchannelpowerasdeductedfromthe
pilotchannelfractionandthemaximumtransmitpower
Powerfortheoverheadchannelasdeductedfromthe
overheadchannelfractionandthemaximumtransmit
power
NumberofconnectedUEswhohasthisBSastheir
primarylink.
SumofinterferencefromallUEsnotconnectedtothis
BS
Unwantedpartofexternalinterference
Selectivitypartofexternalinterference
NumberusersconnectedtothisBS(primaryand
secondarylinks)
WhenTRUE,thenitisthereferencecell
Overheadchannelpower
Numberofactiveusers
Intersysteminterference
Externalinterference,Unwanted
Externalinterference,Selectivity
Activeconnections
IsReferencecell
Table52:Parametersofselectedbasestation
180
Link
direction
General
Downlink
Uplink
General
General
General
Downlink
Uplink
General
Downlink
Downlink
Downlink
Uplink
Uplink
Uplink
General
General
Annex14 :OFDMA
A.14.1 Introduction
SimilarlytotheCDMAGUI,WhenascenariocontainsoneormoreOFDMAnetworksSEAMCATpreservesthestatusof
thesimulatedsystemsforthelastsnapshot.ThelastsnapshotispresentedinFigure196.
Figure196:OFDMAsystemdetails
Elements #1 to #6 of Figure 196 are shared components from the CDMA module and explanation can be found in
Annex13.
Component#6,presentstheuserwithaflexibleaccesstovectorresultsoftheOFDMAmodule,sothatusersareable
toprobevariouselementsofthesimulation.
A.14.2 DLalgorithm
Fori=1:#ofsnapshots
1. DistributesufficientlymanyUEsrandomlythroughoutthesystemareasuchthattoeachcellwithin
theHOmarginof3dBthesamenumber K ofusersisallocatedasactiveUEs.
CalculatethepathlossfromeachUEtoallcellsandfindthesmallestpathloss
LinktheUErandomlytoacelltowhichthepathlossiswithinthesmallestpathlossplustheHOmarginof
3dB
SelectKUEsrandomlyfromalltheUEslinkedtoonecellasactiveUEs.These K activeUEswillbe
scheduledduringthissnapshot.
181
Note:afullloadsystemisassumed,namely,allavailableresourceblocks(RBs)willbeallocatedtoactive
UEs.AndeachUEisscheduledwiththesamenumber N ofRBs.Thus,theBStransmitpowerperUEis
fixed.
Max
Let PBS denotesthemaximumtransmitpowerofBS
M N K isthenumberofallavailableRBsineachcell
UE
PBS
isthetransmitpowerfromBStotheactiveUE,and
N
UE
PBSMax
.
PBS
M
2. CalculateDLC/IforallactiveUEsinallcells.
Loopoverallcellsfrom j 1 to N cell (thenumberofcellsinthesystemareae.g.57for19sites
withtrisectorantennas)
LoopoverallactiveUEsfrom k 1 to K
Forthe k thactiveUEinthe j thcell(i.e. UE j ,k )itsC/Iisdenotedby
C ( j, k )
,
I ( j, k )
4. DeterminethethroughputforeachUEwithitsC/Iaccordingtothelinktosystemlevelmapping.
5. Collectstatistics.
A.14.3 ULAlgorithm
Fori=1:#ofsnapshots
1. DistributesufficientlymanyUEsrandomlythroughoutthesystemareasuchthattoeachcellwithin
theHOmarginof3dBthesamenumber K ofusersisallocatedasactiveUEs
2.
CalculatethepathlossfromeachUEtoallcellsandfindthesmallestpathloss
LinktheUErandomlytoacelltowhichthepathlossiswithinthesmallestpathlossplustheHOmargin
of3dB
SelectKUEsrandomlyfromalltheUEslinkedtoonecellasactiveUEs.These K activeUEswillbe
scheduledduringthissnapshot
Note:afullloadsystemisassumed,namely,allavailableRBswillbeallocatedtoactiveUEs.Andeach
UEisscheduledwiththesamenumber N ofRBs.
PerformULpowercontrol
3. CalculateULC/IforallactiveUEsinallcells.
Loopoverallcellsfrom j 1 to N cell (thenumberofcellsinthesystemareae.g.57for19sites

withtrisectorantennas)
LoopoverallactiveUEsfrom k 1 to K
Forthe k thactiveUEinthe j thcell(i.e. UE j ,k )itsC/Iisdenotedby
C ( j, k )
.
I ( j, k )
4. DeterminethethroughputforeachUEwithitsC/Iaccordingtothelinktosystemlevelmapping.
5. Collectstatistics.
182
Annex15 :Propagationmodels
A.15.1 Introduction
SEAMCAThasthemeantouseinbuiltmodelbutalsothemeanofprogramminguserdefinedpropagationmodels.
The plugin concept was chosen to avoid the inherent format limitations of the earlier SEAMCAT versions interface
andmaketheuserdefinedmodeltoworkasfastasanyinbuiltmodel.
A.15.2 Userdefinedmodel(PluginModel)
With the plugin propagation model, the user may define very complex propagation modelling using standard Java
programminglanguage.
Figure197:Propagationplugindialoguebox.
Description
Symbol Type
Unit Comments
Librarypluginclass
Generalenvironment
Userdefinedparameter1
Selectablebytheuser
Environmentofthepropagation:urban,rural,
suburban
Environmentofthereceiverantenna:outdoor,indoor
Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:outdoor,
indoor
Environmentofthepropagation:Belowroof,Above
roof
Table53:Descriptionofthepropagationpluginuserinterface
The userdefined propagation model is intended to allow the user to create its own propagation models through a
scriptdescribingthepasslosscalculation.Thisscriptconsistsofasequenceofformulasconformingtoawelldefined
syntaxandmaybeeditedbymeansofstandardtexteditoravailableonthecurrentenvironmentsuchasNotePad.
Followingscriptillustratestheapplicationofuserdefinedmodelforsimulationoffreespaceattenuationtakinginto
accountthedifferenceinantennaheight:
L1=32.44;
L2=20log(freq());
L3=10log((dist()xdist())+(hrx()htx())x(hrx()htx())/1000/1000);
L=L1+L2+L3;
evalL;
Detailedandillustrateddescriptionofprogrammingandconnectingpluginswithuserdefinedpropagationmodelis
availableontheonlineSEAMCATmanual.
183
A.15.3 Freespacepropagationmodel(builtin)
Figure198:SEAMCATInterfacetothefreespacepropagationmodel
Forfreespacemodelthepathlossisdefinedby:
h hrx 2 2
L32.510log tx
d 20log f
1000
Whenthevariationcorrespondtothestandarddeviationvariation,whiletheshouldMedianLossconsistsofthepath
losscalculatedvalueL.
Figure199illustrateswhenthevariationisdisabled(i.e.nostd)andtheMedianlossisactive.
Figure199:ExampleofthevectoreventsoftheFreeSpacewhenVariationisdisabled(i.e.equivalentto=0dB)
activeandMedianlossisactive(i.e.mean=91.52dB).
Figure200illustrateswhenthevariationisactive(std==2.5dB)andtheMedianlossisdisabled.
Figure200:Exampleofthedistribution(left)andvectorevents(right)oftheFreeSpacewhenVariation(=2.5dB)
isactiveandMedianlossisdisabled(i.e.theaveragepathlossis0dB).
Figure201presentstheFreeSpacewhenbothVariationandMedianlossareactive.ThevaluepresentedinFigure
199,Figure200andFigure201areextractedwiththefollowingparameters:f=900MHz,d=1km,htx=hrx=10m.
184
Figure201:ExampleofFreeSpaceresultswhentheVariation(i.e.=2.5dB)and
Medianloss(mean=91.52dB)areactive
A.15.4 ExtendedHataandExtendedHata(SRD)models(builtin)
Figure202:SEAMCATInterfacetotheextendedHata(SRD)propagationmodel
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Variation
Variationinpathlosstakesintoaccountthe
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furniture,
roomsize,etc.Thisisastandarddeviation
whichreferstothemeanoftheMedian
pathloss.
Medianpathloss
Dependingofthedistance,the
environment,thefrequencyandtheheight
185
oftheantenna.
Thisisamean.
Generalenvironment
Environmentofthepropagation:urban,
rural,suburban
Localenvironment(Vr)
Environmentofthereceiverantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Localenvironment(Wt)
Environmentofthetransmitterantenna:
outdoor,indoor
Propagationenvironment
Environmentofthepropagation:Below
roof,Aboveroof(usedforstandard
deviationcalculations)
ONLYUSEDIFVARIATIONOPTIONIS
CHECKED
Wallloss(indoorindoor)
Walllossstddev(indoor
indoor)
Wallloss(indooroutdoor)
outdoor)
Lossbetweenadjacentfloor
Empiricalparameters:
Sizeoftheroom(droom)
Heightofeachfloor
S
S
dB
dB
S
S
dB
dB
S
S
dB
m
m
droom
hfloor
Table54:DescriptionoftheExtendedHataandExtendedHata(SRD)models
A.15.4.1 Calculationalgorithm
TheExtendedHatamodelimplementedinSEAMCATcalculatespropagationlossbetweentransmitterandreceiveras:
f propage ( f , h1 , h2 , d , env ) L T (G ( ))
where:
f:frequency(MHz)
h1:transmitterantennaheight,m,aboveground
h2:receiverantennaheight,m,aboveground
d:distancebetweentransmitterandreceiver,km
env:generalenvironment
Symbols:
=medianpropagationloss(dB)
H m
= min( h1 , h2 )
Hb
= max( h1 , h2 )
186
A.15.4.2 MedianpathlossL
Dist.Range
Env.
FrequencyRange
MedianLoss
d<0,04km
d 0,1Km
Urban
30MHz<f150MHz
L69.626.2log15020log150/ f 13.82logmax30,H b
44.96.55logmax30, H b logd aH m bH b
150MHz<f1500MHz
L 69.6 26.2log f 13.82logmax30, H b

44.96.55logmax30, H b logd aH m bH b
1500MHz<f2000MHz
L 46.333.9log f 13.82logmax30, H b
Hb H m
2
L32.420log f 10logd
106
2000MHz<f3000MHz
suburban
44.96.55logmax30,H b logd aH m bH b
L 46.3 33.9log f 10log f / 2000 13.82logmax30, H b
44.96.55logmax30,H b logd aH m bHb
L L( urban)
2 log min max150; f ;2000 / 28
openarea
5.4
L L( urban)
18.33 log minmax150; f ;2000

4.78 log min max150; f ;2000)
40.94
0,04 km d 0,1km
L L(0.04)
[log(d)log(0.04)]
L(0.1) L(0.04)
[log(0.1)log(0.04)]
Table55:DescriptionofthemedianpathlossLdependingonthedistance
Where:
a Hm 11
. log( f ) 0.7 min10; H m 156
. log (f) - 0.8 max 0;20 log H m 10
b( H b ) min0;20 log ( H b 30)

1
d
. 187
. x10 4 xf 107
. x10 3 Hb )(log ) 0.8
1 (014
20
d 20 km
20 km < d < 100 km
WhenLisbelowthefreespaceattenuationforthesamedistance,thefreespaceattenuationshouldbeusedinstead.
A.15.4.3 Variationinpathloss
The variation in path loss is achieved by applying the lognormal distribution (slowfading). The relative standard
deviationisgivenbythefollowingequations:
187
Dist.Range
Propagationmode
StandardDeviation
d 0.04 km
3. 5
0.04kmd 0.1km
aboveroof
3.5
belowroof
3.5
01
. km d 0.2 km
0.2 km d 0.6k m
(123.5)
0.10.04(d0.04)
aboveroof
12
belowroof
17
aboveroof
(912)
12
(d 0.2)
0.6km d
(0.60.2)
(173.5)
0.10.04(d0.04)
belowroof
17
(917)
(d 0.2)
(0.60.2)
Table56:Variationinpathloss
A.15.4.4 Indooroutdoorpropagation
UseofthemodifiedHatamodelforindooroutdoorpropagationintroducesthefollowingadditionalterms
Medianloss
hata
Lhata
indoor outdor Loutoor outdor Lwe
where:Lweistheattenuationduetoexternalwalls
Variationinpathloss
Uncertaintyonmaterialsandrelativelocationinthebuildingincreasesthestandarddeviationofthelog
normaldistribution:
hata
indoor outdor
hata
outoor outdor
) 2 (
add
)2
A.15.4.5 Indoorindoorpropagation
Use of the modified Hata model for indoorindoor propagation introduces following adjustments according to the
relativelocationofthepairoftransmitterandreceiver.
Samebuildingcondition
Thefirststepistoestimatewhetherthetransmitterandthereceiverarelocatedinthesamebuilding.Thisis
donetroughastatistictrial.LetusdenotePtheprobabilitythatthetransmitterandthereceiverarelocated
inthesamebuilding.Piscalculatedaccordingtothefollowingscheme:
Dist.Range
d 0.02 km
SameBuilding
Probability
P=1
0.02 km d 0.05km
0.05km d
P=0
188
(0.05 d )
0.03
TransmitterandReceiverindifferentbuildings
Whentransmitterandreceiverarelocatedindifferentbuildings,thecalculationmodeissimilartothe
indooroutdoorpropagationmodebutwithdoubledadditionalvalues.
Medianpathloss
hata
Lhata
indoor indoor Loutdoor outdoor 2 Lwe
where:Lweistheattenuationduetoexternalwalls
Variationinpathloss
hata
indoor indoor
hata
outoor outdor
) 2 (2
add
)2
TransmitterandReceiverinsamebuilding
Inthislattercaseaspecificpropagationmodelisused:
f propag ( f , h1 , h2 , d , env) = L T ( G ( ) )
MedianLoss
Thecorrespondingmedianlossisgivenbythefollowingformula:
L(indoor indoor ) 27.6 20 log(d ) 20.log( f ) fix (
k f fix (
d
d room
k f 2
). Lwi k f k f 1 b . L f where
h2 h1
)
h floor
andwhere:
Lwi:lossofwall(default5dB)
Lf:lossbetweenadjacentfloor(default18.3dB)
b:empiricalparameter(default0.46)
droom:sizeoftheroom(default4m)
hfloor:heightofeachfloor(default3m)
Variationinpathloss
Variation in path loss is modelled as an additional lognormal distribution, in order to take into account the
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furnitureoftherooms,etc.Typicallyitissetto10dB.
A.15.4.6 ExtendedHata(SRD)SE24developedpropagationmodel
This model is a modified version of the SE21 Hata model used by the SE24 study group for study of short range
devices.Theonlydifferenceliesintheexpressionoftheantennagainfactor bwhichisnowsimilartothatofantenna
gainfactora:
b=min(0,20log(Hb/30));
tobereplacedby:
b=(1.1log(f)0.7)*min(10,Hb)(1.56log(f)0.8)+max(0,20log(Hb/10));
189
A.15.5 Sphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel(builtin)
Figure203:SEAMCATInterfacetotheSphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel
Description
Variation
Symbol
Type
Unit
Comments
Variationinpathlosstakesintoaccountthe
uncertaintyofbuildingdesign,furniture,
roomsize,etc.
Empirical
Medianpathloss
Dependingofthedistance,the
environment,thefrequencyandtheheight
oftheantenna.Itisthefreespace
attenuation.
Generalenvironment
rural,suburban
Localenvironment(Vr)
outdoor,indoor
190
outdoor,indoor
Wallloss(indoorindoor)
dB
indoor)
Wallloss(indooroutdoor)
dB
dB
dB
S
S
S
dB
m
m
g/m^2
outdoor)
Lossbetweenadjacentfloor
Empiricalparameters:
Sizeoftheroom
Heightofeachfloor
Waterconcentration
Earthsurfaceadmittance
Indexgradient
Refractionlayerprobability
droom
hfloor
Table57:Sphericaldiffractionpropagationmodel
A.15.5.1 CalculationAlgorithm
AccordingtoITURRec.P.4525themedianlossbetweentransmitterandreceiverisgivenbythefollowingequation:
Lbd ( p) 92.5 20 log f 20 log d Ld ( p) Ag
where:
Lbd ( p)
f
Ld ( p)
Ag
isthebasiclossindBasfunctionofthetimepercentage
p in%
isthefrequencyinGHz
isthedistanceinkm
isthediffractionlossindBasfunctionofthetimepercentage
p in%
istheattenuationduetoatmosphericgasandwaterindB
A.15.5.2 Attenuationduetoatmosphere
Attenuationduetoatmosphereisgivenby
Ag O ( f ) w ( , f ) d
where:
O ( f )
w (, f )
linearattenuationduetodryair(oxygen)indB/km
linearattenuationindB/kmduetowaterasfunction
ofthewaterconcentration ing/m,defaultvalue:3g/m
BothtermscanbeapproximatedbythefollowingequationsaccordingtoITURRec.P.6761:
Attenuationduetowater:
w ( , f ) 0.050 0.0021
for f <350GHz
2
3.6
10.6
8 .9
4
f 10
2
2
2
( f 22.2) 8.5 ( f 183.3) 9 ( f 325.4) 26.3
Attenuationduetooxygen:
O ( f ) 7.19 10 3
2 3
6.09
4.81
f 10
f 2 0.227 ( f 57) 2 1.50
191
f 57GHz
O ( f ) 10.5 1.5 ( f 57)

O(f)151.2(f 60)
O ( f ) 3.79 10 7 f
57< f 60GHz
60< f 63GHz
0.265
0.028
2
3
( f 198) 10 for
2
2
( f 63) 1.59 ( f 118) 1.47
f >63
GHz
Note: Forsimplificationalinearinterpolationbetween57and63GHzisused.Themaximumis15dB/kmfor60
GHz.
A.15.5.3 Attenuationduetodiffraction
AccordingtoITURRec.P.5262,thediffractionloss Ld ( p ) canbederivedbythereceivedfieldstrength E referred
tothefreespace E 0 :
Ld ( p) 20 log
E
F ( X ) G (Y1 ) G (Y2 )
E0
where:
X
isthenormalizedradiopathbetweentransmitterandreceiver
Y1
isthenormalizedantennaheightofthetransmitter
Y2
isthenormalizedantennaheightofthereceiver
X 2.2 f
1
3
Y 9.6 10 3 f
a
2
3
2
3
e
d
1
3
e
hi
where:
isaparameterderivedfromtheearthadmittancefactor K : =1for f >20MHz.
f isthefrequencyinMHz
a e istheequivalentearthradiusinkm(definitionseebelow)
d isthedistanceinkm
hi istheantennaheightabovegroundinmwith i =1or2forthetransmitterorreceiver,respectively
Thedistancedependentterm F ( X ) isgivenbythesemiempiricalformula:
F ( X ) 11 10 log( X ) 17.6 X
Theantennaheightgain G (Y ) isgivenbytheformulaset:
1
G (Y ) 17.6(Y 1.1) 2 5 log(Y 1.1) 8

G (Y ) 20 log(Y 0.1Y 3 )
G (Y ) 2 20 log K 9 log(Y / K )log(Y / K ) 1

G (Y ) 2 20 log K
for Y >2
for 10 K Y 2
for K / 10 Y 10 K
for Y K / 10
where:
5
isthenormalizedearthsurfaceadmittancefactor(seeITURRec.P.526),defaultvalue: 10
Note: AllfrequenciesusedattenuationduetodiffractionhavetheunitMHzincontrasttotheattenuationdueto
atmospherewhereGHzisapplied.
A.15.5.4 EquivalentEarthradius
TheequivalentEarthradius a e isconsideredtobedependentonthetimepercentage
a e ( p) 6375 k ( p)
withtheEarthradiusfactor k ( p ) expressedas:
192
p accordingto:
k ( p ) k 50 (5 k 50 )
(1.7 log p)

(1.7 log 0 )
for p 50%
k ( p ) k 50
for p 50%
k 50
and
157
157 N
where:
N isthemeangradientoftheradiorefractionprofileovera1kmlayeroftheatmospherefromthesurface.The
defaultvalueis40unit/kmforEurope(standardatmosphere).Thisyields k 50 4 / 3 and a e =8500km.
Note: Themeangradientispositive.
0 istheexistenceprobability(in%)ofthesuperrefractivelayer( N 100unit/km)inthelowatmosphere.
Defaultvalue:1%forEurope.
Note: Theprobabilities p and 0 aredenotedin%,i.e.arangeofvariety:0...100%.
Note: pissetto50%,i.e.themedianwithrespecttotimeiscomputed.Laterversionsmayallowtochoosea
certaintimepercentage.
A.15.5.5 Rangeofapplication
Thefollowingrestrictionsoftheaforementionedsphericaldiffractionmodelaretobeconsidered:
Whenusedforoutdooroutdoorenvironmentthemodelpresentsnovariationsevenifthevariations
checkboxischecked.Onthecontraryforindooroutdoororindoorindoorconfigurations,checkingorun
checkingthevariationscheckboxaddssuppressesthevariablecomponentofthecorrespondingcorrections.
Thefrequencyrangeshouldbelargerthan3GHz,withcautionlowerfrequenciesmaybeusedbutnotbelow
300MHzduetothesurfaceadmittanceandpolarisationeffects.
Themodelwasdevelopedforopen(rural)area.Therefore,theadditionalattenuationduetoobstacleslike
buildingsfoundinsuburbanorurbanenvironmentisnotincluded.
Thelossduetorainisnotcovered.
Thismodelisapplicableonlyforterrestrialradiopaths.
A.15.5.6 Indooroutdoorpropagation
UseoftheSDmodelforindooroutdoorpropagationintroducesthefollowingadditionalterms
Medianloss
Medianlossisincreasedbytheattenuationduetoexternalwalls:
sd
sd
Lindoor
outdoor Loutdoor outdoor Lwe
Variationinpathloss
VariationinpathlossisalreadytakenintoaccountintheSDmodel,throughthecalculationoftheequivalent
earthradius.Thusadditionalvariationduetouncertaintyconcerningmaterialsandrelativelocationofthe
transmitterandreceiverisreflectedbyanadditionallognormaldistributiontrialusingtheabovedefined
add.
SD
SD
f propag
/ indoor outdoor f propag / outdoor outdoor T ( G ( add ))
A.15.5.7 Indoorindoorpropagation
UseoftheSphericalDiffractionmodelforindoorindoorpropagationintroducesdifferentadditionaltermsregardto
therelativelocationofthetransmitterandreceiver.
Samebuildingcondition
TheSameBuildingconditionisdeterminedinthesamewayasfortheModifiedHatamodel(cf.2.10.1.4.1).
TransmitterandReceiverindifferentbuildings
193
Whentransmitterandreceiverarelocatedindifferentbuildings,thecalculationmodeissimilartothe
indooroutdoorpropagationmodebutwithdoubledadditionalvaluesforbothmedianpathlossand
variationpathloss.
Medianpathloss
MedianpathlossisincreasedbytheattenuationduetoexternalwallsLwe.
SD
SD
Lindoor
indoor Loutoor outd oor 2 Lwe
Variationinpathloss
SD
SD
f propag
/ indoor indoor f propag / outdoor outdoor T ( G ( 2 add ))
TransmitterandReceiverinsamebuilding
ThecalculationisthesameasfortheModifiedHataModel.Referto2.10.1.4.3.
A.15.6 ITURRecommendationP.15461propagationmodel
Figure204:SEAMCATInterfacetotheP15461propagationmodel
Description
Symbol
Type
Unit
Generalenvironment
Localenvironnent(Vr)
Transmittersystem(Analog
/Digital)
TransmittersystemBandwidth
Bt
MHz
Comments
rural,suburban
outdoor,indoor
outdoor,indoor
Table58:ITURRecommendationP.15461propagationmodel
A.15.6.1 Calculationalgorithm
This propagation model is described in Recommendation ITUR P.15461, which was developed based on the prior
modelinRecommendationITURP.370.Recommendationproposesapropagationmodelforpointtoareaprediction
194
offieldstrengthforthebroadcasting,landmobile,maritimemobileandcertainfixedservices(e.g.thoseemploying
pointtomultipointsystems)inthefrequencyrange30to3000MHzandforthedistancerange1kmto1000km.The
modelprovidedinRecommendationITURP.15461shouldbeusedinthefrequencyrange(30to3000MHz)andthe
samedistancerange(1kmto1000km).
Parametersofthispropagationmodelarelistedbelow:
Pathdependantparameters(constantduringasimulationforagivenpath)are:
Timepercentage:
Transmittersystem:analog/digital
Transmitterbandwidth:Bt
Globalenvironment:rural,suburban,urban
pt(%)
Variableparameters(whichvaryforeacheventofasimulation):
Effectiveheightoftransmitterantenna(seetheRec.P.1546fordefinition):ht(m)
Receiverantennaheight(aboveground,seeheightoflocalclutterinsection(6)below):hr(m)
Frequencyf(MHz)
Distanced(km)
ForcalculationofthepathlossaccordingtoRecommendationITURP.1546thefollowingprocedureisfollowed:
1)Checkrangeofapplicationofthepropagationmodelregardingtimepercentage,frequency,distance,and
antennaheight:
Timepercentage:
1%<pt<50%
SEAMCATdoesnotdisplaywarningifthetimepercentageparameterissetbytheUserbeyond
50%!
Frequency:
30MHz<f<3000MHz
Distance:
0.001km<d<1000km
Transmitterantennaheight:
Receiverantennaheight:1m<hr<3000m
0m<ht<3000m
2)Determinationoflowerandhighernominalpercentagesptinfandptsup:
Ift<10thenptinf=1%andptsup=10%elseptinf=10%andptsup=50%
3)Determinationofthelowerandhighernominalfrequencies:
Iff<600MHzthenfinf=100MHzandfsup=600MHzelsefinf=600MHzandfsup=2000MHz
4)Ifht10m:calculatefieldstrengthE(f=f,d,ht,hr,t)4):
4.1)Calculationofthefourfollowingfieldstrengths:
E(f=finf,d,ht,hr,ptinf)
E(f=fsup,d,ht,hr,ptinf)
E(f=finf,d,ht,hr,ptsup)
E(f=fsup,d,ht,hr,ptsup)
accordingtotheproceduredescribedinsteps4.1.1.to4.1.4.
4.1.1)Calculatethedimensionlessparameterk,functionoftherequiredtransmitterheight,ht:
h
log t
9.375
k
log(2)
4.1.2)Determinefromthefollowingtablethesetofparametersa0toa3,b0tob7,c0toc6andd0tod1tobe
usedaccordingtonominalvaluesoffrequenciesandtimepercentages:
195
100MHz
Frequency
600MHz
2000MHz
pt%
50
10
50
10
50
10
a0
0.0814
0.0814
0.0776
0.0946
0.0913
0.0870
0.0946
0.0941
0.0918
a1
0.761
0.761
0.726
0.8849
0.8539
0.8141
0.8849
0.8805
0.8584
a2
30.444
30.444
29.028
35.399
34.160
32.567
35.399
35.222
34.337
a3
90.226
90.226
90.226
92.778
92.778
92.778
94.493
94.493
94.493
b0
33.6238
40.4554
45.577
51.6386
35.3453
36.8836
30.0051
25.0641
31.3878
b1
10.8917
12.8206
14.6752
10.9877
15.7595
13.8843
15.4202
22.1011
15.6683
b2
2.3311
2.2048
2.2333
2.2113
2.2252
2.3469
2.2978
2.3183
2.3941
b3
0.4427
0.4761
0.5439
0.5384
0.5285
0.5246
0.4971
0.5636
0.5633
4.323E6
1.704E7
5.169E7
b4
1.256E7 7.788E7 1.050E6
1.677E7 3.126E8 1.439E7
b5
1.775
1.68
1.65
1.52
1.76
1.69
1.762
1.86
1.77
b6
49.39
41.78
38.02
49.52
49.06
46.5
55.21
54.39
49.18
b7
103.01
94.3
91.77
97.28
98.93
101.59
101.89
101.39
100.39
c0
5.4419
5.4877
4.7697
6.4701
5.8636
4.7453
6.9657
6.5809
6.0398
c1
3.7364
2.4673
2.7487
2.9820
3.0122
2.9581
3.6532
3.547
2.5951
c2
1.9457
1.7566
1.6797
1.7604
1.7335
1.9286
1.7658
1.7750
1.9153
c3
1.845
1.9104
1.8793
1.7508
1.7452
1.7378
1.6268
1.7321
1.6542
c4
415.91
510.08
343.24
198.33
216.91
247.68
114.39
219.54
186.67
c5
0.1128
0.1622
0.2642
0.1432
0.1690
0.1842
0.1309
0.1704
0.1019
c6
2.3538
2.1963
1.9549
2.2690
2.1985
2.0873
2.3286
2.1977
2.3954
d0
10
5.5
d1
1.2
1.2
4.1.3)Calculatetheunblendedtomaximumvaluefieldstrength,Eu,atthedistance,d,andtransmitting
height,ht,asfollows:
E1 E 2
10 pb
Eu pb log E1
E2
p
10 b 10 pb
where: pb d 0 d1
and: E1 a 0 k a1 k a 2 log(d ) 0.1995 k

and: E 2 Eref Eoff
1.8671 k a3
where:
Eref
log(d ) b 2
2
b0 exp b4 10 1 b1 exp
b6 log(d ) b7
b3

where: log(d )
b5
and:
196
E off

c0
c3 k
c
k 1 tanh c1 log(d ) c 2
c5 k 6
2
c 4
4.1.4)Calculatetheblendedtothefreespacevalueoffieldstrength,Eb,atthedistance,d,andtransmitting
height,ht,asfollows:
Eu E fs
10 pbb
Eb pbb log
E fs
Eu
10 pbb 10 pbb
where:
Efsisthefreespacefieldstrength
Efs=106.920log(d)
dB(V/m)
pbbisablendcoefficientsettovalue8.
4.2)CalculationofthefieldstrengthE(f,d,ht,hr,ptinf)usingloglinearinterpolationinfrequencyrange:
E=Einf+(EsupEinf)log(f/finf)/log(fsup/finf)(dB(V/m))
where:
E(f=finf,d,ht,hr,ptinf)
Einf:
E(f=fsup,d,ht,hr,ptinf)
Esup:
4.3)DualcalculationforthefieldstrengthE(f,d,ht,hr,ptsup)usingloglinearinterpolationinfrequency
range:
E=Einf+(EsupEinf)log(f/finf)/log(fsup/finf)(dB(V/m))
where:
Einf:
E(f=finf,d,ht,hr,ptsup)
Esup:
E(f=fsup,d,ht,hr,ptsup)
4.4) Calculation of the field strength E(f, d, ht, hr, pt) using loglinear interpolation formula in time
percentagerange:
E=Esup(QinfQt)/(QinfQsup)+Einf(QtQsup)/(QinfQsup)(dB(V/m))
Where:(Qi(x)beingtheinversecomplementarycumulativenormaldistributionfunction):
Qt
=Qi(pt/100)
Qinf =Qi(ptinf/100)
Qsup =QI(ptsup/100)
Einf =E(f,d,ht,hr,ptinf)
Esup =E(f,d,ht,hr,ptsup)
5)Foratransmitting/baseantennaheighthtlessthan10m,determinethefieldstrengthfortherequiredheight
anddistanceusingfollowingmethod
Theprocedureforextrapolatingfieldstrengthatarequireddistancedkmforvaluesofhtintherange0mto10mis
based on smoothEarth horizon distances in km written as dH(h) = 4.1h, where h is the required value of
transmitting/baseantennaheighthtinmetres.
For d < dH(ht) the field strength is given by the 10 m height curve at its horizon distance, plus E, where E is the
differenceinfieldstrengthsonthe10mheightcurveatdistancesdandthehthorizondistance.
197
ForddH(ht)thefieldstrengthisgivenbythe10mheightcurveatdistancedbeyonditshorizondistance,whered
isthedifferencebetweendandthehthorizondistance.
This may be expressed in the following formulae where E10(d) is the field strength in dB(V/m) calculated for
transmitterantenna10mandforadistanced(km)accordingtotheproceduredescribedinstep4:
E =E10(dH(10))+E10(d)E10(dH(ht))
dB(V/m)d<dH(ht)
dB(V/m)ddH(ht)
= E10(dH(10)+ddH(ht))
IfinthelatterequationdH(10)+ddH(ht)exceeds1000km,eventhoughd1000km,E10maybefoundfromlinear
extrapolationforlog(distance)ofthecurve,givenby:
dB(V/m)
E10 = Einf+(EsupEinf)log(d/Dinf)/log(Dsup/Dinf)
where:
Dinf:
penultimatetabulationdistance(km)
Dsup:
finaltabulationdistance(km)
Einf:
fieldstrengthatpenultimatetabulationdistance(dB(V/m))
fieldstrengthatfinaltabulationdistance(dBV/m))
Esup:
Note: this recommendation is not valid for distances greater than 1 000 km. This method should be used only for
extrapolatingforht<10m.
6)Ifthereceivingantennaheight hrisnotequaltotheheightofrepresentativeclutteratitslocation(denotedR),
correctthefieldstrengthasfollows:
The fieldstrength values given by the land curves and associated tabulations in this recommendation are for a
reference receiving antenna at a height, R (m), representative of the height of the ground cover surrounding the
receiving/mobileantenna,subjecttoaminimumheightvalueof10m.
The SEAMCAT always assumes the height of local clutter R , depending on the propagation environment set in the
modelselectionwindow:
Selectedenvironment
Assumedheightoflocalclutter,m
Rural
10
Suburban
10
Urban
20
If the receiving antenna height, hr (m), is different from the assumed R value, as shown in the above table, a
correctionshallbeaddedtothefieldstrengthtakenfromthecurve.
Wherethereceivingantennaisadjacenttolandaccountshouldfirstbetakenoftheelevationangleofthearrivingray
bycalculatingamodifiedrepresentativeclutterheightR'(m),givenby:
(1)
R'
= R (m)
forht6.5d+R
=(1000dR15ht)/(1000d15)
(m)forht>6.5d+R
(2)
wherehtisinmetresanddistancedisinkm.
ThevalueofR'mustbelimitedifnecessarysuchthatitisnotlessthan1m.
Whenthereceivingantennaisinanurbanenvironmentthecorrectionisthengivenby:
dB
forhr<R
Correction=(6.03hr/R')J()
dB
forhrR
=Khrlog(hr/R')
whereJ()isgivenby:
J(v) 6.9 20 log (v 0.1) 2 1 v 0.1
where:
Knu(hdifclut)
198
R'hr
hdif
clut
arctan(hdif/15)(degree)
Khr
3.2+6.2log(f)
Knu
0.0108f
frequency(MHz)
(m)
Wherethereceivingantennaisadjacenttolandinaruralenvironmentthecorrectionisgivenbytheaboveequation
(2)forallvaluesofhr.
Iftherequireddistanceisequaltoorgreaterthand10,thenagainthecorrectionfortherequiredvalueofh2shouldbe
calculatedusingaboveequation(2)withR'setto10m.
Iftherequireddistanceislessthand10,thenthecorrectiontobeaddedtothefieldstrengthEshouldbecalculated
using:
Correction
=0.0
dB
dd(hr)
dB
dhr<d<d10
=(C10)log(d/dhr)/log(d10/dhr)
where:
correctionfortherequiredvalueofhratdistanced10usingequation(2)withR'setto10m,
C10:
d10:
distanceatwhichthepathjusthas0.6Fresnelclearanceforhr=10m
calculatedasD06(f,ht,10)asgiveninnote2
dhhhrrr:
distanceatwhichthepathjusthas0.6Fresnelclearancefortherequiredvalueofhrcalculatedas
D06(f,ht,hr)asgiveninnote2
Thisrecommendationisnotvalidforreceivingantennaheights,hr,lessthan1m.
7)AddalognormaltermG(L)correspondingtothevariabilityinthepercentageoflocations:
Valuesofstandarddeviationfordigitalsystemshavingabandwidthlessthan1MHzandforanaloguesystemsare
givenasafunctionoffrequencyby:
L=K+1.6log(f)
dB
where:
K
=
2.1formobilesystemsinurbanlocations;
3.8formobilesystemsinsuburbanlocationsoramongstrollinghills;
5.1foranaloguebroadcastingsystems.
Fordigitalsystemshavingabandwidthof1MHzorgreater,astandarddeviationof5.5dBshouldbeusedatall
frequencies.
8)Ifnecessary,limittheresultingfieldstrengthtothemaximumvaluecalculatedasfollows:
ThefieldstrengthmustnotexceedamaximumvalueEmaxgivenby:
dB(V/m)
EMax=Efs
forlandpaths
whereEfsisthefreespacefieldstrengthfor1kWe.r.p.givenby:
9)
Efs=106.920log(d)(dB(V/m))
Convertfieldstrengthtopathlossusingfollowingformula:
Lb=77.2E20logf(dB)
where:
Lb:basictransmissionloss(dB)
E:fieldstrengthindB(V/m)measuredwithatransmittingpowerof1We.i.r.p.
199
f:frequency(MHz).
Note1:Thefollowingapproximationtotheinversecomplementarycumulativenormaldistributionfunction,Qi(x),is
validfor0.01x0.99:
Qi(x)=T(x)(x)
ifx0.5
Qi(x)={T(1x)(1x)}
ifx>0.5
where:
T(x) [2 ln( x)]
[(C2 T ( x) C1 ) T ( x)] C0
( x )
[( D3 T ( x) D2 ) T ( x) D1 ] T ( x) 1
C0=2.515517
C1=0.802853
C2=0.010328
D1=1.432788
D2=0.189269
D3=0.001308
Note2:thepathlengthwhichjustachievesaclearanceof0.6ofthefirstFresnelzoneoverasmoothcurvedEarth,for
agivenfrequencyandantennaheightshtandhr,isgivenapproximatelyby:
D06
D f Dh
D f Dh
km
where:
Df:
=
Dh:
frequencydependentterm
km
0.0000389 f h1 h2
asymptotictermdefinedbyhorizondistances
4.1( ht hr )
km
f:
frequency(MHz)
antennaheightsabovesmoothEarth(m)
ht,hr:
Intheaboveequations,thevalueofhtmustbelimited,ifnecessary,suchthatitisnotlessthanzero.Moreover,the
resultingvaluesofD06mustbelimited,ifnecessary,suchthatitisnotlessthan0.001km.
Note3:thecasehtislessthanzerodescribedintherecommendationisnothandled.
Note4:nocorrectionduetoterrainclearanceangleisimplemented.
200
Annex16 :Softwareguidance
A.16.1 MeaningofconsistencycheckandSEAMCATerrormessage
UsingSEAMCAT,unclearerrormessagescanpopupwithoutanyrealdefinitionofthereasonwhy.Thisannexisaimed
toexplainthemeaningoftheseerrormessages.
A.16.1.1 WarningXXXisnotafloatingpointvalue
Thiserrormessagemeansthatanemptyfieldhasbeeninputinsteadofanumber.
A.16.1.2 Consistencycheck
Thisfunctionisperformedpriortosimulationwiththeaimofdetectingincorrectorquestionableinputvalues.The
ConsistencycheckisperformedbySEAMCATattwoinstances:
immediateindividualcheckuponenteringcertainparametersand
globalconsistencycheckwhenstartingthesimulation.
Individualscalarparameterssuchasantennagainsarecheckedwhentheuserentersavalueforentitiesasantenna,
pairoftransmitterandreceiverorlink.ExamplesofparameterswithassociatedconstraintsarelistedinTable59.
Natureoftheparameter
Antennahorizontalpattern
Antennaverticalpattern
Type
Constraint
Anglebetween0and360
Anglebetween90and90
Table59:Individualconstraintsforscalarparameters
Aglobalconsistencycheckisperformedwithscenarioparameterswhentheuserstartsthesimulation.Asummaryof
whatthecontrolcoversispresentedinTable60.
Checkedparameters
Constraint/warning
Status
ReceiverC/I,C/N+I,N+I/N,
Consistencycheckbetweeninterferencecriteriaistobeperformed: Warning
I/N
BetweenC/IandC/N+I:C/ImustbehigherthanC/N+I.
BetweenC/I,C/(N+I),and(I+N)/Iifthese3parametersare
defined.
NI
1

10 log 10 1 C C
I N I
10 10 1
BetweenC/I,C/(N+I),andI/Nifthese3parametersare
defined.
I
N
dB
C C
I I N dB
10 log10 10 10
1
BetweenI+N/IandI/Nifthesetwoparametersaredefined.
N I
N
dB

N dB
10 log10 1 10 10
Duetothenonadditiveformulalinkingtheseparameters(seebelow)
201
atoleranceofdBistobeusedwithavalueof0.5dB
ThefollowingdefaultvaluesfortheC/I,C/(N+I),(N+I)/NandI/Nof
19dB,16dB,3dBand0dBrespectivelyavoidthedisplayofa
warning.
Allrandomparameters
Ifdistributiontypeisuniformdiscrete,checkthatXmaxXminis
multipleofthestep.
Warning
Notethatthisconditionisnotmandatorytotheuseofthis
distribution.
Warning
Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate
Uniformpolar(distance)
Allrandomparameters
exceptPathdistancefactor
distribution
Warning
Allrandomparameters
Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate:
exceptPathazimuth
Uniform(angle)
distribution
Distancefactordistributions Useoffollowingdistributiontypeisinappropriate:
Warning
Constant
CoherencebetweenVictim Incaseofuniformorconstantfrequencydistributionforthe
Error
Receivermasks(blocking
interferingtransmitter,checkthatthedefinitionintervalofthe
rejectionand
distributionistotallyincluded:
intermodulationrejection)
Intheblockingrejectionmask
andinterferingtransmitter
Intheintermodulationrejectionmask
frequencydistribution.
Coherencebetween
Error
Incaseofuniformorconstantfrequencydistributionforthevictim
receiver,checkthatthedefinitionintervalofthedistributionis
masks(Unwantedemission totallyincluded:
andunwantedemissions
Intheunwantedemissionsmaskifnotconstant
floor)andvictimreceiver
In the interfering transmitter bandwidth if the unwanted
frequencydistribution.
emissionsmaskisassumedconstant.
In the intermodulation rejection mask if more than two
interferinglinksaredefined.
Table60:Globalconsistencycheckparameters
A.16.1.3 Exampleofconsistencycheckandtheirsolutions
Frequencyoutofrangeconsistencycheck:WhentheusersetuptheoperatingfrequencyoftheItandtheVrsofar
apartthattheItemissionmaskandtheVrmaskdonotoverlapasillustratedinFigure206,theconsistencywarning
messageofFigure205ispromptedbySEAMCATfortheusertocorrectit.
Solution:modifytheoperatingfrequenciesorthesizeofthespectrummaskssothatanoverlapisoccurring.
Figure205:Frequencyoutofrangeconsistencycheckwarning.
202
VictimReceiver
Mask
InterfererTransmitter
emissionmask
Nooverlap
inthemasks
899.8 fv=900MHz 900.2
900.5
400kHz
fi=901MHz
901.5 freq.
1MHz
Figure206:IllustrationofthewarningdisplayedinFigure205.
CDMAlinkdirectionmismatch:WhentheusersetuptheCDMAlinkdirectiondifferentlythanthelinkdirectionofthe
linkleveldataasillustratedinFigure207,theconsistencywarningmessageofFigure208ispromptedbySEAMCATfor
theusertocorrectit.
Solution:Theuseristoselectthesamelinkdirection.
Figure207:IllustrationofthelinkmismatchbetweentheCDMAcomponentandthelinkleveldata.
Figure208:CDMAlinkdirectionmismatchconsistencycheckwarning
A.16.2 InstallationtroubleshootFAQ
Note:ThisisalistofvariousFrequentlyAskedQuestions(FAQ)withregardstotheinstallationofSEAMCATsoftware.
Pleasehavealookatthefollowingtosolveyourproblem.Iftheproblemwithinstallationpersists,contacttheECO
describingtheproblemandsupplyingscreenshotsofanyerrormessagesdisplayedduringinstallation.
Q:HowdoIchangetheSEAMCAThomedirectory
A:
1. gotofile/configuration(Figure209#1)
2. clickonclearSEAMCATHomeselection(Figure209#2)
3. clickok(Figure209#3)
203

Figure209:AccesstotheSEAMCATconfigurationwindow
4.
5.
closeSEAMCAT
openSEAMCAT,youwillgetthefollowingwindow
Figure210:Selectionofanewhomedirectory
Q:HowdoIinstallSEAMCAT3onmyPC?
A: You simply need to click on the link provided on www.seamcat.org. There are two options to automatically
downloadthenecessaryelementstoyourPC(duringfirstinstallationyouwillbeofferedachoiceofwheretoinstall
SEAMCAT directory) and then will start itself. During this installation, normally a special SEAMCAT icon should be
createdonyourdesktop.LateryoumaylaunchSEAMCAT3bysimplyclickingonthaticon.
Q:IdonothaveJavainstalledonmyPC,howshouldIruntheSEAMCAT3?
A:If you do not have previously installed Java Runtime Environment on your PC, it will be automatically installed
duringthefirstinstallationofSEAMCAT3.Alternatively,youmayyourselfpreinstallJavafreeofchargefromtheSun
websiteatwww.java.com.
Q:Ipressedthelink,buttheinstallationhasnotbeencompleted
A:Firstofall,makesurethatyouhaveadministratorrightsonyourPC,i.e.therighttoinstallprogrammes,before
pressingtheSEAMCAT3installationlink.Iftheproblemoccurswhentheuserwithadministratorrightsistryingto
installsoftware,pleasemakesurethattheFirewallisnotsettoblockinstallationofnewprogrammes.Youmayneed
toaskadviceofyourITadministratoronthesepoints.
Q:Ipressedtheinstallationlink,thistransferredmetoJavawebsite,andnothinghappenedafterwards?
A:IfyouhavebeentransferredtoJavawebsite,thismeansthatyourPCdoesnothaveJavaRunTimeEnvironment
installed,whichisneededforSEAMCAT3torun.Normallytheinstallationprocesswouldcheckwhetheryouhavethe
Java installed on your PC and would automatically take you to Java web site to download the free version of Java
RuntimeEnvironmentandafterwardswouldproceedwithinstallationofSEAMCAT.Iftheprocesshasstopped,this
couldmeanthateitheryoudonothaveadministrativerightstoinstallnewsoftwareonyourPCorFirewallsettings
precludeyoufromdoingso.
Q:SEAMCATdoesnotstartanymoreafterthattheautomaticdownloadwasinterrupted
A:ThisissuemayhappenwhentheconnectionmaybelostlikewhenusingWLAN.Whenthishappen,somepartof
SEAMCATisinstalledbutnotallofitandyouneedtoremoveSEAMCATentirelyfromyourmachine.
Thecompleteprocedure(forMicrosoftOS)isasfollows:
204
1.
2.
3.
ControlPanel/OpenJavaunderGeneralopenTemporaryInternetFiles
DeleteallthefilesControlPanel/AddorRemoveProgramsuninstallSEAMCAT
Then,gotowww.seamcat.organdreinstallSEAMCATthistimewithagoodconnection
A.16.3 DebugmodeinSEAMCAT
SEAMCATallowstwooptionstogeneratetwodistinctlogfiles.
A.16.3.1 AutomaticSEAMCATlog
ThislogfileisautomaticallygeneratedbySEAMCATandisusedtodebugtheJavaapplication(i.e.remoteconnection,
GUIissuesetc..).Theusercanselect/browsethefilenameanddirectoryformtheSEAMCAToptionsandalsothelog
level.Thedefaultfilenameisseamcat.log.
Figure211:Logfileseamcat.logautomaticallygeneratedbySEAMCAT
A.16.3.2 Userdebuglogfile
ThislogfileisgeneratedbySEAMCATwhentheuserselectsthedebugmodeasshowninFigure212.Thisallowsthe
usertodebugthecalculationmadebySEAMCATanditisworkspacedependent.Remembertoselectalownumberof
snapshotstoavoidbigsizeoflogfile(bydefaultitisautomaticallyreducedto5events).However,iftheuserwould
needmoresnapshotsforinspection,thenumberofeventscouldbemanuallyincreasedtothedesirednumber.
Figure212:Userselectabledebugfile
Theoutputofthefile(.swsfilename_date_number.log)isindicatedtotheuserbythepopupwindowasshownin
Figure213.
Figure213:Filenameanddirectoryoutputforthedebuglogfile
205
Annex17 :Referencematerialandworkspaces
A.17.1 Introduction
ThefollowingexamplesaregiventohelpunderstandhowSEAMCAThasbeenusedinpreviousstudiesandtogivea
guidetothevaluesusedfordifferenttechnologies.
Thescenariosandparameterscontainedinthesereportsshouldonlybeusedasainitialguidewhenyouarestarting
todevelopyoursimulation.
ThefollowingreportscanbefoundattheECOwebsitewww.erodocdb.dk
A.17.2 SummaryofECC/CEPTreports
PMR
PWMS
RAS
RNS
Satellite
TETRA
Powerfluxdensity
calculation
C/I
C/(I+N)
(N+I)/N
I/N
Capacityloss
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
GSMR
GSM
FS
DVBT
UWB
UMTS
ECCReport076
ECCReport093
CEPTReport16
ECCReport096
ECCReport099
ECCReport104
ECCReport121
ECCReport122
CEPTReport28
ECCReport123
ECCReport128
X
X
Interferencecriteria
PL
Technology
Table61:ListofECCReport/CEPTReportcontainingSEAMCATworkspaces
A.17.3 DetailofECC/CEPTreports
ECCReport076:CrossBordercoordinationofMultipointFixedWirelessSystemsinfrequencybandsfrom3.4GHZ
to33.4GHz.(February2006)
This ECC Report addresses the issue of finding a most suitable method and criteria for crossborder coordination
betweenpointtopoint(PP)systemandmultipointfixedwirelessaccess(FWAMP)systemlocatedondifferentsides
ofanationalborder.
Theannexcontainsanexampleforcalculationofpowerfluxdensityatadistanceof15kmacrosstheborderofacell.
Centralstation
Terminalstations/TE
Bandwidth
3.5MHz
3.5MHz
Max.outputpower;withpowercontrol
35dBm
27dBm
AntennaRPEcharacteristic(accordingEN3023263)
9dBiomnidirectional
4dBiomnidirectional
17dBi;=60sector
20dBidirectional
Antennaheight(abovegroundlevel)
20m
3m/20m
RXsensitivityRSL16QAM(accordingEN3023262)
74dBm
74dBm
Numberofsnapshots(fullyloadedchannel)
1000
Table62:ExampleoftechnicalcharacteristicsusedinECCReport076
206
ECC Report 093 and CEPT Report 16 :Compatibility between GSM equipment on board aircraft and terrestrial
networks.RevisedECCReportwithAnnexG(May2008)
This report considers the technical impact on terrestrial mobile networks of introducing a GSM service onboard
aircraft(GSMOB)operatingataheightofatleast3000mabovegroundlevelinthe1800MHzband(17101785MHz
for uplink (terminal transmit, base station receive) / 18051880 MHz for downlink (base station transmit, terminal
receive)).
The GSMOB system considered in the report consists of a Network Control Unit (NCU), to ensure that signals
transmitted by terrestrial mobile systems are not visible within the cabin, and an aircraft BTS (acBTS) to provide
connectivity. Combined they are designed to ensure that the mobile stations on board the aircraft (acMS) only
transmitattheminimumlevelof0dBmnominalvaluewitha0dBiantennagain.TheparametersfortheNCUandac
BTSwerederivedfromtheoreticalmodels.
The following terrestrial networks have been addressed: GSM900, GSM1800, UMTS900, UMTS1800, UMTS in the
2GHz FDD coreband and CDMA450/FLASHOFDM (CDMA2000/FLASHOFDM at around 450 MHz). In addition, an
extension of the analysis of the compatibility of the GSM onboard system and terrestrial networks to cover the
technologiesenvisagedinthe2.6GHzbandispresented.
Thefollowingscenarioswereconsideredinthereport,
Scenario 3: GSMOB impact on the terrestrial communication link (GBTS/NODEB to GMS/UE (downlink))
fromasingleaircraft.
Scenario 4: GSMOB impact on the terrestrial communications link (GBTS/NODEB to GMS/UE (downlink))
frommultipleaircraft.
Scenario5:GSMOBimpactontheterrestrialcommunicationslink(GMS/UETOGBTS/NODEB(uplink))from
asingleaircraft.
Scenario6:GSMOBimpactontheterrestrialcommunicationlink(GMS/UETOGBTS/NODEB(UPLINK))from
multipleaircraft.
ECCReport96:CompatibilitybetweenUMTS900/1800andsystemsoperatinginadjacentbands,Krakow.(March
2007)
ThisreportdealswiththecompatibilitystudybetweenUMTS900/1800andsystemsoperatinginadjacentbands.
This report gives the description of the compatibility study methodology, coexistence scenarios, simulation
assumptions,andtheresultsforthedeploymentofUMTSoperatingin900MHzandin1800MHzbandstakinginto
account adjacent band systems. Although best effort has been made to provide assumptions and results to
encompass the widest range of possible situations, however there might be some country specific cases where
different assumptions need to be made. Furthermore it has to be noted that based on the operational experience
furtheranalysesmayhavetobecarriedout.
ThereportcontainsoneSEAMCATsimulationwhereGSMRisthevictimandUMTS900isinterferer.
ThisworksheetalsocontainsLinkLeveldataforUMTSDL:920.0MHz:downlink:1%FER.
ECC Report 099: TETRA Enhanced Data Services (TEDS):Impact on existing PMR/PAMR and Air Ground Air (AGA)
systemsinthe400MHzband.(September2007)
ThisECCreportpresentstheresultsobtainedintheframeoftheTETRAEnhancedDataServices(TEDS)compatibility
studies.ThesestudiesconsistontheevaluationoftheimpactofTEDSonexistingPMRsysteminthe380470MHz
frequency band and military applications below 400 MHz. The opposite direction impact from existing PMR system
andfrommilitaryapplicationsonTEDSwasalsoexaminedinthereport.
SEAMCATwasusedtodefineeithertheinterferenceprobability(fornonCDMAsystem)orthecapacitylossforCDMA
system,whenCDMAsystemsarevictimofinterferencefromaTEDSradiolink.
207
Victim
AnalogueFMPMR
TETRA
TETRAPOL
CDMAPMR
AnalogueFMPMR
TETRA
TETRAPOL
CDMAPMR
AnalogueFMPMR
TETRA
TETRAPOL
CDMAPMR
AnalogueFMPMR
TETRA
TETRAPOL
CDMAPMR
Interferer
25kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
Victim
25kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
25kHzTEDS
50kHzTEDS
100kHzTEDS
150kHzTEDS
Interferer
25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
25kHzAnalogueFMPMR
TETRA
TETRA
TETRA
TETRA
TETRAPOL
TETRAPOL
TETRAPOL
TETRAPOL
CDMA
CDMA
CDMA
CDMA
Table63:SEAMCATscenariosstudiedinECCReport099
AdditionallythefollowingTETRA/TEDScompatibilitystudiesweresimulated
CASE1250kHzBandwidthInterleaving
o 25kHzTEDSonTETRA
o 50kHzTEDSonTETRA
o TETRAon25kHzTEDS
o TETRAon50kHzTEDS
CASE250kHzBandwidthInterleaving
o 25kHzTEDSonTETRA
o 50kHzTEDSonTETRA
o TETRAon25kHzTEDS
o TETRAon50kHzTEDS
AnnexAofthereportcontainsTEDSparametersusedforcalculationsandsimulations
Annex B of the report contains the Analogue FM, TETRA, TETRAPOL and CDMAPAMR radio parameters used for
calculationsandsimulations.
ECCReport104:Compatibilitybetweenmobileradiosystemsoperatingintherange450470MHzandDigitalVideo
BroadcastingTerrestrial(DVBT)systemoperatinginUHFTVchannel21(470478MHz).(June2007)
ThisreportprovidesresultsofcompatibilitystudiesbetweenPrivateMobileRadio(PMR)/PublicAccessMobileRadio
(PAMR)systemsoperatinginthe450470MHzandDigitalVideoBroadcastingTerrestrial(DVBT)systemoperatingin
theband470862MHz.
In particular, the report focuses on the impact of the DVBT system using UHF Channel 21, 470 478 MHz on
PMR/PAMR systems operating below 470 MHz, and on the impact of PMR/PAMR operating on the channels just
below470MHzintoDVBTfixedreceptionoperatingonchannel21.
DVBTtransmitterasasourceofinterference
ScenarioSEAMCAT1:DVBTtransmitterinterfering12.5kHzPMR/PAMRMSin460470MHz
ScenarioSEAMCAT2:DVBTtransmitterinterferingTEDSPMR/PAMRMSin460470MHz
ScenarioSEAMCAT3:DVBTtransmitterinterferingCDMAPAMRMSin460470MHz
208
PMR/PAMRasasourceofinterferenceintoDVBT
AnaloguenarrowbandFMPMR/PAMR
TEDS25kHz
TEDS150kHz
CDMA1XPAMRBStransmitterinterferingDVBT
Thetechnicalparametersaregivenfor:
Televisioncharacteristics
o AnalogueTV
o DigitalTV
o Antennaamplifiers
PMR/PAMRcharacteristics
o CharacteristicsforPMR/PAMR12.5kHz
o CharacteristicsforTEDS
o CharacteristicsforCDMA1X
o ProtectionRatios(PR)forPMR/PAM
Thisreportalsocontainsthefollowingannexes,
Annex1:PropagationmodelforSEAMCATsimulationsontheimpactofDVBTonPMR/PAMRat470MHz
In order to assess the impact of DVBT onPMR/PAMR systems, it is proposed to use a propagation model
basedonRecommendationITURP.1546,asimplementedwithinSEAMCATversion3.
IthastobenotedthatthepropagationmodeldefinedinRecommendationITURP.1546isnotdefinedfor
distanceslowerthan1km;thereforethereisaneedtodevelopacomplementarymodelthatwillprovide
attenuationfordistanceslowerthan1km.
Annex2:ImplementationofprotectionratiowithinSEAMCAT
Annex3:ImplementationofblockingandfirstadjacentcriterionwithinSEAMCATwhenmodellingTEDS.
ECC Report 121: Compatibility studies between Professional Wireless Microphone Systems (PWMS) and other
services/systems in the bands 14521492 MHz, 14921530 MHz, 15331559 MHz also considering the
services/systemsintheadjacentbands(below1452MHzandabove1559MHz).(September2008)
FollowingarequestfromETSI,WGFMrequestedWGSEtoconsiderthepossibledeploymentofProfessionalWireless
MicrophoneSystems(PWMS),inthebands:
1452MHzto1492MHz,
1492MHzto1530MHz,
1533MHzto1559MHz.
Inallofthesebands,compatibilityandsharingissuesneedtobeassessedinordertoidentifythepreferredsubbands
forPWMS.
ThisreportprovidescompatibilitystudiesbetweenPWMSandtheservicespossiblyaffectedbytheirdeploymentin
the bands 14521492 MHz, 14921530 MHz, 15331559 MHz also considering the services in the adjacent bands
(below1452MHzandabove1559MHz).
Compatibilitystudiesintheband14291452MHz
CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandpointtopointFixedService
CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandpointtopointFixedService
CompatibilitybetweenPWMSandAeronauticalTelemetrysystems
209
o ThisisdiscussedbutnotincludedintheattachedSEAMCATWorksheet
CompatibilitybetweenPWMSdevicesandMobileSatelliteService
o CospasSarsatforMSG
o ThisisdiscussedbutnotincludedintheattachedSEAMCATWorksheet
ThisreportcontainstheparametersusedandalsoanannexlookingatSEAMCATanalysiscochannelcaseindoor
case6dBwallloss.
ECCReport122:ThecompatibilitybetweenGSMuseonboardvesselsandlandbasednetworks.(September2008)
ThisReportstudiedthecoexistenceofGSMsystems,operatinginthe900and1800MHzbands,usedonboardvessels
(knownasGSMOBVorasMCVMobileCommunicationsonboardVessels)interritorialwaterswithlandbasedGSM
and UMTS systems. Also coexistence with RSBN systems used by some CEPT countries for aeronautical radio
navigationwasconsidered.
Annex 2 presents a coexistence study based on application of statistical MonteCarlo simulation approach using
SEAMCATsoftware,whichmakesanassumptionofuniformlyrandomdistributionofship/GSMOBVanywherewithin
the 012 NM distance from victim landbased GSM system or within short segments near the shore during slow
approach/departurephases;
Annex3presentsastatisticalcoexistencestudybetweenGSMOBVandexpectedinthenearfuturedeploymentof
UMTS900/1800systems.
PropagationmodelsusedinSEAMCATstudies:
DuetothefactthatP.1546modelimplementedinSEAMCATdoesnothaveseapathoption,afreespacemodelwas
usedinsteadasaworstcasefallbackoption.AlsoHatamodelwasusedforsomespecificcasessuchaspropagationin
cluttered environment of the ship for scenario 3 (HATA SRD model) and when modelling signal distribution inside
affectedlandbasednetworks(ruralpropagationmodel).
ECCReport123:TheimpactofObjectDiscriminationandCharacterization(ODC)applicationsusingUltraWideband
(UWB)technologyonradioservices.(September2008)
This report considers the possible impact of ODC (Object Discrimination and Characterization) on radio
services/systems taking into account existing regulation for UWB by defining a spectrum emission mask, based on
assumptionsforthedensityandactivityfactorapplicableforEurope
Annex2:SEAMCATsimulationsforRAS(RadioAstronomyService)
The annex sets eight scenarios showing the impact of different types of Object Discrimination and Characterization
(ODC)applicationsusingUltraWideband(UWB)technologyintoRAS.
ECCReport128:Compatibilitystudiesbetweenpseudolitesandservicesinthefrequencybands11641215,1215
1300AND15591610MHz.(January2009)
Pseudolites (Pseudo satellites, PLs) are ground based radio transmitters that transmit a RNSSlike navigation signal.
They are intended to be complementary to RNSS systems and transmit on the same frequency bands 11641215,
12151300and15591610MHzasRNSSsystems.
ThedifferentsystemsstudiedaredetailedbelowandarecapturedinAnnex14ofthereport.
ImpactofpseudolitesonRNSS(RadioNavigationSatelliteService(ITU))
ImpactofpseudolitesonARNS(AeronauticalRadioNavigationService)
ImpactofpseudolitesonRDS(RadioDeterminationService)(RNS(ANDRLS(RadioLocationSystem))
ImpactofpseudolitesonEESS(EarthExplorationSatelliteService)
ImpactofpseudolitesonRASintheband16101613MHz
210
Annex18 :Bandwidthcorrectionfactor
ThisAnnexismeantasatutorialforbeginnersinordertounderstandtheeffectofdifferentbandwidthattheVrand
Itinthesimulation.
When the bandwidth of the interferer and the victim are different it is necessary to apply a bandwidth correction
factorwhencalculatingtheemissionpowerforaspecificbandwidth.ThisisillustratedinFigure214.
Lets take the following example with and interferer transmitting 2000 mW. This is equivalent to 33 dBm (see
conversiontable).Theamountofenergythatavictimreceiverreceivesinitsbandwidthcanbederivedaccordingto
thesetwocases:
ItBW>VrBW
Vr
It
BW=100kHz
It
BW=200kHz
Pe=33dBm
Pe=30dBm
Pe=33dBm+correctionfactor
Pe=33dBm 3dB
correctionfactor=10log(VrBW/ItBW)
ItBW<VrBW
Vr
It
BW=400kHz
It
BW=200kHz
Pe=33dBm
Pe=33dBm
Interferingenergyinthereceiverbandwidth
Figure214:illustrationofthebandwidthcorrectionfactor
Linear
dB
2
3dB
4
6dB
8
9dB
16
12dB
10
10dB
20
13dB
100
20dB
1000
30dB
25
100/4=20dB6dB=14dB
2000 1000*2=30dB+3dB=33dB
50
100/2=20dB3dB=17dB
Table64:Conversiontable
211
Annex19 :AnswerstotheTetravsFMPMRexample
Note:Seethequestionsofthisexerciseinsection12onp.102.
Antenna
Definitionoftheworkspace,name:"TETRAPMR"
Reference:
Victimlink/General
Reference: PMR
Frequency:412.00625MHz(channelspacing)
Reference: PMRBS
C/I: 21dB(ifonlyC/I,thenC/(N+I)and(I+N)/Nare
notrequired)
C/(I+N):21dB(C/(N+I)requiredonlyforselected
BlockingMode)
0dBi
Noisefloor: 131dBm,constant(=SensitivityC/I)
Blockingresponse:
23dB,constant
Blockingmode:
Sensitivity
Sensitivity:
110dBm
Bandwidthreceiver:8kHz
Antennaheight:
30m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
0...360deg,uniform
Antennaelevation:
direction)
0deg,constant (horizontal
Reference:
PMRBS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
9dBi
Cellradiusmode:
Userdefinedradius
Fixedradius:
7.8km
Correlation:
No(forWtVr)
Radiopathlength:
(0...1)*cellradius)
uniformpolar(DistanceVr:
PathAzimuthVr:
Propagationmodel
Model:
0...360deg,uniform
Hata
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
attenuation)
RURAL (resultsinlowestpath
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
Propagation:
ABOVEROOF
30mBSAntennaheight)
(causedby
Interferinglink1/General
Reference: TETRAPMRILK1
Frequency: 410.1875411.9875MHz,uniform
WantedTransmitter
General
Maximumgain:
Antenna
Omnidirectional
Coverageradius
General
Description:
WtVrpath
Usewantedtransmitter:yes
VictimReceiver
PMRMS
General
Reference:
PMRMS
Power:
37dBm,constant
Antennaheight:
1.5m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
212
Reference:
TETRAMS
Transmittingpower: 30dBm,constant
Unwantedmask:OffsetinMHz,powerindBc
referredtoReferencebandwidth
10.0000
100.0000
18.0000
0.5010
100.0000
18.0000
0.5000
80.0000
18.0000
0.2510
80.0000
18.0000
18.0000
0.2500
75.0000
0.1000
75.0000
18.0000
0.0750
66.0000
18.0000
0.0500
66.0000
18.0000
0.0250
60.0000
18.0000
0.0125
0.0000
18.0000
0.0125
0.0000
18.0000
0.0250
60.0000
18.0000
0.0500
66.0000
18.0000
0.0750
66.0000
18.0000
0.1000
75.0000
18.0000
0.2500
75.0000
18.0000
0.2510
80.0000
18.0000
0.5000
80.0000
18.0000
0.5010
100.0000
18.0000
18.0000
100.0000
10.0000
Reference:
TETRABS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
11dBi
Relativelocation
Correlationmode:
Uniformdensity
PathAzimuthVr:
Numberofactiveinterferers:9
Densityofactiveinterferers:5users/km
Probabilityoftransmission:1(transmits
permanently)
Activityperhour:1(transmitspermanently)
Protectiondistance: 0km
Propagationmodel
18kHz
PowerControl:
YES
Antennaheight:
1.5m,constant
Antennaazimuth:
Antennaelevation:
direction)
0degrees,constant(horizontal
Model:
Hata
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
RURAL
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
Powercontrolstep: 5dB
ItWrpath(onlyforpowercontrol!)
Minthreshold:
Computationoftheradiocoverageoftheinterferer
86dBm
15dB
Reference:
TETRAMS
Description:
Omnidirectional
Maximumgain:
0dBi
WantedReceiver(onlyforpowercontrol)
General
0degrees,constant(horizontal
ItVrpath
Transmittingbandwidth:18kHz(Bandwidth<
channel)
Dynamicrange:
Antenna
Antennaelevation:
direction)
Powercontrol(atreceiver)
Antenna
Unwantedemissionfloor:NO
Referencebandwidth:
Antennaazimuth:
Reference:
TETRABS
Antennaheight:
30m,constant
213
Correlation: No
Mode:
(forItWr)
Trafficlimitednetwork
Densityofinterferers:5users/km
Numberofchannels: 80
Numberofuserperchannel: 1users/ch
Frequencycluster:9
PathdistanceFactor: uniformpolar(Distance:
(0...1)*cellradius)
PathAzimuth:0...360degrees,uniform
Propagationmodel
Model:
Hata
MedianLoss:Yes
Variation:
Yes
Environment:
RURAL
...atWt:
OUTDOOR
...atVr:
OUTDOOR
Simulationcontrol/Eventgeneration
Numberofsamples: 20000
Testofthesimulation
Calculatedradius
Coverageradius(wantedsystem):7.8km
Coverageradius(interferingsystem1):0.752km
simulationradius1:0.7569km
GeneratedSignals
PCon
dRSS:mean: 69.7dBm,std:11.8dB
iRSSunwanted:mean:127.7dBm,std:10.0dB
iRSSblocking:mean:144.6dBm,std:7.1dB
PCoff
dRSS:mean: 69.7dBm,std:11.8dB
iRSSunwanted:mean:112.6dBm,std:10.8dB
iRSSblocking:mean:129.6dBm,std:7.1dB
Interferencecalculation/ICEcalculation
InterferenceCriteria: C/I
Compatibilitymode: Yes(Probabilityof
interference)
Unwantedemissions:Yes
Blocking"
Yes
Result
Probability:1.1%whenPConand8.1%whenPCoff
214
Annex20 :Listofreferences
[1] 3GPPTechnicalSpecificationTS25.104(Release7),BaseStation(BS)radiotransmissionandreception(FDD),
200512
[2] RecommendationITURSM.329:Unwantedemissionsinthespuriousdomain
[3] 3GPPTechnicalSpecificationTS25.101(Release7),UserEquipment(UE)radiotransmissionandreception(FDD),
200512
[4] ECCReport82:CompatibilitystudyforUMTSoperatingwithintheGSM900andGSM1800frequencybands
[5] ECCReport96:CompatibilitybetweenUMTS900/1800andsystemsoperatinginadjacentbands
[6] WCDMAforUMTSbyHolmaandToskala(Wiley)
[7] ERCReport68:Compatibilitystudiesintheband57255875MHzbetweenFixedWirelessAccess(FWA)systems
andothersystems
[8] RadioRegulationRR.1.146
[9] NicholasMetropolis(1987),"ThebeginningoftheMonteCarlomethod",LosAlamosScience(1987SpecialIssue
dedicatedtoStanislawUlam):125130,http://library.lanl.gov/lapubs/00326866.pdf
[10] 3GPPTR36.942:LTE;EvolvedUniversalTerrestrialRadioAccess(EUTRA);RadioFrequency(RF)system
scenarios.
[11] ITURReportSM.20281:MonteCarlosimulationmethodologyfortheuseinsharingandcompatibilitystudies
betweendifferentradioservicesorsystems.
[12] OtherCellInterferenceinCellularPowerControlledCDMA,AndrewJ.Viterbi,AudreyM.Viterbi,andEphraim
Zehavi,IEEETransactionsonCommunications,vol.42,No.2/3/4,p15011504,1994.
215
Annex21 :Listofabbreviations
Abbreviation
ACS
ACIR
ACLR
CDF
CDMAE
dRSS
EGE
GUI
ICE
iRSS
It
MCL
PDF
Rx
sws
Tx
UI
Vr
Wt
Wr
Explanation
AdjacentChannelSelectivity
AdjacentChannelInterferenceRatio
AdjacentChannelLeakageRatio
CumulativeDistributionFunction
CDMAEngine
DesiredReceivedSignalStrength
EventGenerationEngine
GraphicalUserInterface
InterferenceCalculationEngine
InterferingReceivedSignalStrength
Interferingtransmitter
MinimumCouplingLoss
ProbabilityDistributionFunction
Receiver
SEAMCATWorkSpace
Transmitter
UserInterface
Victimreceiver
Wantedtransmitter
Wantedreceiver
216
Annex22 :Glossary
Terminologyusedinthesoftwareandinthismanualis:
3GPP
3GPP2
ACIR
ACLR
ACS
Activelist
(CDMAmodule)
C
dRSS
BTS
CDMA
CEPT
CoverageRadius
e.i.r.p.
ETSI
Interferinglink:
Interfering
The 3rd Generation Partnership Project prepares, approves and maintains globally applicable
technicalspecificationsandtechnicalreportsfortheevolved3rdgenerationandbeyondmobile
system known as UMTS and LTE/EUTRA. 3GPP also maintains the technical specifications and
technicalreportsforGSM,includingGPRSandEDGE.
The3rdGenerationPartnershipProject2fortheNorthAmericanandAsianinterest.
AdjacentChannelInterferenceRatioisdefinedastheratioofthepowerofanadjacentchannel
interferer,tothepowermeasuredafterareceivefilterintheadjacentchannelandisaresultof
bothtransmitterandreceiverimperfections.
AdjacentChannelLeakage(Power)Ratio.TheACLRofasignalisdefinedastheratioofthesignals
power to the power of the signal when measured at the output of a (nominally rectangular)
receiverfiltercentredonanadjacentfrequencychannel.
AdjacentChannelSelectivity(ACS)isameasurementofareceiver'sabilitytoprocessadesired
signalwhilerejectingastrongsignalinanadjacentfrequencychannel.ACSisdefinedastheratio
ofexternalinterferencetotheinterferenceappearingatareceiverinput.
DifferentforeachUE.WhenaUEisdroppedinthenetwork,itconnectstoalltheBS(i.e.19or
57). The connect procedure involves the calculation of the path loss. The UE sort all the
connectionsbypathlosssothatthefirstitemofthelististheonewiththeshortestpathloss.In
theCDMAmoduleonlytwoBSswhicharewithinthehandovermargincanbeaddedtotheactive
list.IntheOFDMAmodule,thereisnolimitationonthenumberofBSs
representthedesiredsignalreceivedfromtheWantedTransmitter
Victimswantedsignalstrengthoralsodesiredreceivedsignalstrength
InacellularsystemtheBaseTransceiverStationterminatestheradiointerface.
CodeDivisionMultipleAccess(CDMA)isamultipleaccessschemefordigitalradio,tosendvoice,
data,andsignallingdatabetweenmobilephonesandcellsites.CDMAchannelsaredefinedwith
codesandpermitmanysimultaneoustransmittersonthesamefrequencychannel.
EuropeanConferenceofPostalandTelecommunicationsAdministrations
Radiusofthecoveragewherereceiversaredistributedaroundthetransmitterofthesamelink
Equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p) or, alternatively, effective isotropic radiated
poweristheamountofpowerthatwouldhavetobeemittedbyanisotropicantenna(thatevenly
distributes power in all directions and is a theoretical construct) to produce the peak power
densityobservedinthedirectionofmaximumantennagain.
EuropeanTelecommunicationStandardsInstitute.http://www.etsi.org/
link,whichcreatesinterferenceintotheVictimreceiver
transmitterwithintheconsideredInterferingLink
217
transmitter(It)
iRSS
Interferingsignalstrength
I
representstheinterferingpowerreceivedbytheVictimReceiver
LTE
Long Term Evolution is the name given to a project within the Third Generation Partnership
Project (3GPP) to enhance the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) mobile
phonestandard.TheresultingEUTRA(EvolvedUniversalTerrestrialRadioAccess)radiointerface
is based on orthogonal frequencydivision multiple access (OFDMA) for thedownlink and single
carrierfrequencydivisionmultipleaccess(SCFDMA)fortheuplink.
representthepowernoiseproducedbyelectroniccomponents
N,Nt
OFDM
OrthogonalFrequencyDivisionMultiplexing(OFDM)isadigitalmulticarriermodulationscheme,
whichusesalargenumberofcloselyspacedorthogonalsubcarriers.Eachsubcarrieris
modulatedwithaconventionalmodulationscheme(suchasquadratureamplitudemodulation)at
a low symbol rate, maintaining data rates similar to conventional singlecarrier modulation
schemesinthesamebandwidth.
OFDMA
OrthogonalFrequencyDivisionMultiplexingAccess
OptimalCapacity ThenumberofUEspercellthatagivenCDMAnetworkisabletoserveunderidealconditions
(CDMAmodule) withoutanyexternalinterference
Simulationradius RadiusofthecoveragewhereInterferingTransmittersaredistributedaroundtheVictimReceiver.
Victimlink
astudiedlinkcontainingtransmitterandreceiver
Victimreceiver
receiverwithintheconsideredVictimLink
(Vr)
Wantedreceiver receiverwithintheconsideredInterferingLink.
(Wr)
Wanted
transmitterwithintheconsideredVictimLink
transmitter(Wt)
218
INDEX
ACIR ............................................................................. 93,164

ACLR .................................................................................. 164
ACS .............................................................................. 96,164
Antenna ............................................................................. 154
Azimuth................................................................. 119,154
Elevation ............................................................... 119,154
Gain......................................................... 70,119,154,157
Pattern .......................................................................... 156
Architecture......................................................................... 23
Debugmode...............................................................125,206
DeltaX/Y ....................................................115,120,125,132
Desensitisation.....................................................................20
Discreteuniformdistribution.............................................152
Distributionfunctions ........................................................151
dRSS .....................................................................................20
Calculation...............................................................34,131
Results .......................................................................37,47
Userdefined ..........................................................111,132
bandwidth ........................................................................... 22
bandwidthcorrectionfactor ............................................. 212
Batchoperation............................................................. 24,71
Blocking ........................................................................... 7,22
Attenuation ........................................................... 111,143
iRSSblocking ...................................................... 22,51,133
Protectionratio ............................................................. 143
Response................................................................. 49,143
Sensitivity ...................................................................... 143
Userdefinedmode ....................................................... 143
EGE.......................................................................................23
Emission
Bandwidth .......................................................................41
Mask ........................................................................50,135
Unwanted ........................................................................21
Uwantedemissionfloor ................................................118
F
Filtering ......................................................................144,164
Floor
Uwantedemissionfloor ................................................137
Frequencycluster/reuse.....................................................57
C
C/(N+I) ............................................................................... 127
C/I ................................................................................ 19,127
CDMA
Algorithm ...................................................................... 166
Blockingmask.......................................................... 80,148
Calldroptreshold............................................................ 81
Capacityfinding......................................................... 84,86
CDMAengine .................................................................. 23
Emissionmask......................................................... 80,140
Initialfinding ................................................................... 84
Inputparameters ............................................................ 81
Linkcomponent .............................................................. 81
lookuptable ................................................................... 81
MCL ................................................................................. 81
Noninterferedcapacity .................................... 84,86,166
Outage................................................................. 82,84,90
PCConvergenceprecision............................................... 82
Positioning ...................................................................... 83
Powercontrol............................................................ 79,82
ReferenceCell ................................................................. 85
Results............................................................................. 90
Targetnoiserise.............................................................. 82
Voiceactivityfactor ........................................................ 81
Closestinterferer............................................................... 124
Compatibilitycalculationmode............................. 24,48,127
Consistencycheck.............................36,54,81,113,129,202
Constantdistribution......................................................... 151
correlationcase ................................................. 115,120,124
Coverageradius..............................33,56,116,120,131,158
G
Gaussiandistribution .........................................................151
H
Handovermargin ...........................................................81,97
I
I/N ......................................................................................127
ICE ........................................................................................23
interferencecriteria .............................................................19
InterferenceMechanisms
eceiverblocking...............................................................21
Intermodulationproducts ...............................................21
Interferinglink .....................................................................39
Interferingtransmitter.........................................................41
Intermodulation.................................................................134
Rejection........................................................................134
Response .......................................................................113
iRSS ......................................................................................20
Calculation...............................................................44,133
Results .............................................................................47
iRSSblocking ...........................................................................133
iRSSintermodulation ...................................................................134
iRSSunwanted....................................................................51,133
219
Protectiondistance......................................................64,161
Protectionratio....................................................................53
L
Library.................................................................................. 31
R
M
Rayleighdistribution ..........................................................151
MCL...................................................................................... 97
MinimumCouplingLoss(MCL).............................................. 7
MonteCarlo........................................................................... 7
multipleinterferers ............................................................. 73
S
Sensitivity.................................................................20,23,52
sensitivitymode...................................................................52
Simulationcontrol..............................................................125
simulationradius .......................................................123,161
Simulationreport.................................................................17
Simulationtime..................................................................125
N
N+I/N ................................................................................. 127
Noisefigure ................................................................... 81,97
Noisefloor ..................................................... 20,53,104,112
Noiselimitednetwork............................................... 121,158
T
Trafficlimitednetwork ......................................................158
Translationcalculationmode.................................24,49,127
treefolder............................................................................37
O
OFDMA
Algorithm ...................................................................... 182
C/Icalculation ................................................................. 93
Interferinglink................................................................. 99
Linkcomponent .............................................................. 97
Lookuptable .................................................................. 96
LTE............................................................................. 92,99
Pathlosscorrelation ....................................................... 99
Powercontrol.................................................................. 95
Results........................................................................... 101
Victimlink ....................................................................... 96
U
Uniformdistribution ..........................................................151
Uniformpolarangle ...........................................................151
Uniformpolardistance ......................................................151
Userdefined(stair) ............................................................152
Userdefineddistribution ...................................................151
userdefinedmode...............................................................52
UserInterface(UI) ...............................................................24
Userdefined ......................................................................151
P
V
Pathazimuth ..................................................................... 154
Pathdistancefactor............................... 42,63,116,121,122
PostioningoftheVrvsIt ..................................................... 42
powercontrol .......................66,104,118,131,133,135,162
Propagationmodel ............................................ 131,159,184
ExtendedHata............................................................... 186
ExtendedHataSRD ..................................................... 190
Freespace ............................................................... 35,185
ITURRec.P.15461....................................................... 195
Plugin ........................................................................... 184
Sphericaldiffraction ...................................................... 191
Victimlink ............................................................................30
Victimreceiver .....................................................................32
W
Wantedsignal ......................................................................19
Wantedsignalmargin ..........................................................20
Wantedtransmitter .............................................................33
Workspace ...........................................................................27
220
(blankpage)
221
Nansensgade 19, 3
1366 Copenhagen K, Denmark
Tel:
Fax:
+ 45 33 89 63 00
+ 45 33 89 63 30
222
E-mail:
Website:
ero@ero.dk
www.ero.dk

SEAMCAT Handbook January 2010

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEAMCAT Handbook January 2010

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SEAMCAT

12 EXAMPLETETRAMSINTERFERERSTHEBSOFTHEANALOGUEFMPMR ...................................................... 102

SCENARIOOVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................ 102

ICEGRAPHICALUSERINTERFACE ............................................................................................................................ 125

UNWANTEDEMISSIONMASK ................................................................................................................................. 134

USERDEFINEDMODE ........................................................................................................................................... 143

ANNEX10:RADIUS ............................................................................................................................................. 157

A.17.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................................... 206

Figure 5 (b) illustrates what happens when interference

records whether or not interference is occurring. This is

Compatibility: This mode provides a singlefigure estimate of the probability of interference in a

In this example there is no bandwidth

where: f fIt - fVristhefrequencyseparation

dens max cluster frequency

nactive denstransmitter.probtransmission. Rsimulation

Ifaminimumprotectiondistance (d0) betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthen:

nactive denstransmitter . probtransmission . Rsimulation d o2

Use the batch operation

Detailed information on the last snapshot

andwhere PBS isthepowerofresourceblockand

pathloss( BS j ,UE j , k ) max pathloss, MCL .Notethat

pathloss( BSl ,UE j ,k ) ,

( BS m ,UE j ,k ) iRSS blocking ( BS m ,UE j ,k )

iRSS blocking ( BS m , UE j ,k ) iRSS blocking (over system bandwidth)

(UEm, v , BS j ) iRSSunwanted (UEm , v , BS j )

N t 10^ ((174 10 log10(bandwith of N RBs) NoiseFigureBS ) / 10)

xbps / Hz SINR BWMHz bps _ to _ kbps _ conversion

z i ax by i ,where a 2 b 2 1 and x and y i areindependentGaussiandistributedvariables,bothwithzero

dens max cluster frequency

SorD degre ThisistheanglebetweentheWrmainbeamand

maximumradius Rmax (seeAnnex10onp.157).TheWantedreceiverwillberandomlydeployedwithinthearea

Wrwillbe Rmax *Pathfactor.E.g.ifuserenters

densitactive densit pittx activityit (time)

emissionit ( f it , f vr ) max pitsupplied emission _ relit ( f it , f vr ) g itPC , emission _ floorit ( f it , f vr )

emission _ relit isarelativeemissionmaskwhichisafunctionof f=(fitfvr),see Annex5.Itisintroducedto

Fortheinterferingtransmitter,anemissionmask emissionit isdefinedasafunctionof f

definedasmaximumpowerlevels emissionit (f ) inreferencebandwidth bs ( f ) specifiedbytheuser.

the sum of the supplied interfering power

pitsupplied , a relative emission mask (containing the wanted

The interfering transmitter power

f it f vr then the interfering

emission _ relit 10 log P

With Prel denotingthenormalizeduserdefinedmaskindBc/Hz.

emission _ relit 10 log 10 10 df

emissionit max(emission _ relit pitsup plied g itPC , emission _ floorit )

Note that the value of the emission_floorit is

Noise Floor (dBm )

Antenna main beams

antenna (de-) pointing azimuth/elevation angle

It->Wr path azimuth

Wt->Vr path azimuth

Thedistributionoftheofthepathloss ploss canbeexpressedinageneralwaybythefollowingequation:

where Q isthecumulativedistributionforRmaxandtheresultingmeanpathloss andanadditionalpathloss a

Rmax0 Rmax1 v(Rmax0)

Fmedian(fvr,hvr,hwt , Rmax,env) Fslowfading (X%) Pwt g wt gvr sensvr havetobeinverted.

Thecoverageradius Rmax (Interferinglink)orRmax (Victimlink)isdeterminedfromthefollowingequation:

densit densit pit activityit (time)

Ifaminimumprotectiondistance (d0) betweenthevictimreceiverandinterferingtransmitterisintroducedthenRsimu

Let PBS denotesthemaximumtransmitpowerofBS

Loopoverallcellsfrom j 1 to N cell (thenumberofcellsinthesystemareae.g.57for19sites

Forthe k thactiveUEinthe j thcell(i.e. UE j ,k )itsC/Iisdenotedby

L 69.6 26.2log f 13.82logmax30, H b

44.96.55logmax30,H b logd aH m bHb